Merge from emacs-24; up to 2014-04-04T23:31:02Z!joaotavora@gmail.com
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21220 61111
69 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21187 63826
100 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21299 64170 881226 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21187
841 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21207 49087 974317
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21240 46395
1456 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21296
1484 ;;;;;; 1575 438327 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21187
1608 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21187 63826 213216
1658 ;;;;;; 0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1670
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1700
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1741
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775
1776 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1787 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21293 25385 120083
1806 ;;;;;; 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1842 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21264 28773
1879 ;;;;;; 629489 0))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1982 ;;;;;; 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21294 46247 414129
2127 ;;;;;; 0))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2294 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2295
2296 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2297
2298 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2299 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2300 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2301 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2302 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303
2304 \(fn)" t nil)
2305
2306 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307
2308 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309
2310 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2311 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312
2313 \(fn)" t nil)
2314
2315 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316
2317 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318
2319 ;;;***
2320 \f
2321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21240 46395
2322 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
2323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324
2325 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2326 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2327 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2328 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329
2330 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2331 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2332 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2333 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2334 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335
2336 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2340 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2341 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2342 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2343 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344
2345 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2349 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2350 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2351 narrowed.
2352
2353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2356 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357
2358 \(fn)" t nil)
2359
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362
2363 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2367 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2369 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2370 first, if that exists.
2371
2372 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2376 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2377 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378
2379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2380
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2383 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2384 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2385 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2386 to use.
2387
2388 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2391 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2392 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2393 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2394
2395 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2396
2397 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2398 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2399 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2400 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2401
2402 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2403 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2404 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2405 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406
2407 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2408 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2409 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2410
2411 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2412 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413
2414 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415
2416 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2417 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2418 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2419 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420
2421 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2422 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2423 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2424 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425
2426 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2427 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2428 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2438 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2439 Firefox.
2440
2441 When called interactively, if variable
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2443 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2444 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2445 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2448 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2449 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2452 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453
2454 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2455 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2456 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2457 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2458 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2459 URL in a new window.
2460
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2466 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2467 Chromium.
2468
2469 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2472 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2473 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2474 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2475
2476 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2477 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2478 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2479 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480
2481 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2482 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2483 new tab in an existing window instead.
2484
2485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2492
2493 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494
2495 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2496 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2499
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2502 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2503 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2512
2513 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2515 program is invoked according to the variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2517
2518 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2519 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2520 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2521 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522
2523 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2524 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545
2546 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2547 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2548 Default to the URL around or before point.
2549
2550 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2551 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2552 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2561 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2562 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2563
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2571 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2572
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2576 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2577 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2578 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2579 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2580
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2583 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2590
2591 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2592 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2593 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2594 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2595 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2596 current one.
2597
2598 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2599 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2600 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2601 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2604 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2611 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2612 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2613 don't offer a form of remote control.
2614
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around or before point.
2620
2621 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622
2623 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2624 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2625 Default to the URL around the point.
2626
2627 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2628 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2629
2630 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2631 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2632
2633 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2634
2635 ;;;***
2636 \f
2637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2639 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2640
2641 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2642 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2643 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2644 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2645
2646 \(fn)" t nil)
2647
2648 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2649 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2650 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2651 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2652
2653 \(fn)" t nil)
2654
2655 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2656 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2657
2658 \(fn)" t nil)
2659
2660 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2661 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2662 \\<bs-mode-map>
2663 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2664 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2665 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2666 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2667
2668 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2669 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2670 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2671 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2672 name of buffer configuration.
2673
2674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2675
2676 ;;;***
2677 \f
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21202 31159 541460
2679 ;;;;;; 0))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681
2682 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 Play Bubbles game.
2684 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2685 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2686 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2687 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2688 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2689 columns on its right towards the left.
2690
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2695
2696 \(fn)" t nil)
2697
2698 ;;;***
2699 \f
2700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2701 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703
2704 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705
2706 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2707 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2709 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2710 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711
2712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713
2714 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2715 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716
2717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2718
2719 ;;;***
2720 \f
2721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21282
2722 ;;;;;; 19839 942967 438000))
2723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727
2728 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2729
2730 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2731 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2732 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2733 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2734 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2735 else the global value will be modified.
2736
2737 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2738
2739 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2740 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2741 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2742 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2743 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2744 else the global value will be modified.
2745
2746 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2747
2748 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2751
2752 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2753
2754 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2755 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2756 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2757 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2758
2759 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2760 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2761 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2762 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2763 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2764 before scanning it.
2765
2766 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2767 that already has a `.elc' file.
2768
2769 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2770 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2771
2772 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2773 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2774 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2775 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2776 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2777 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2778
2779 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2780
2781 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2782 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2783 Print the result in the echo area.
2784 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2785
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2789 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2790 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2791
2792 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2793
2794 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2795 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2796 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2797 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2798 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2799 all functions called by those functions.
2800
2801 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2802 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2803 cons, etc.).
2804
2805 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2806 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2807 invoked interactively.
2808
2809 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2812 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815
2816 \(fn)" nil nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2820 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2821 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2822 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2823 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2824 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2825 already up-to-date.
2826
2827 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2828
2829 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2830 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2831 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2832 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2833
2834 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2835 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2836 and corresponding effects.
2837
2838 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2839
2840 ;;;***
2841 \f
2842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21187
2843 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2845
2846 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847
2848 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2853 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2855
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2861
2862 ;;;***
2863 \f
2864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2865 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2867
2868 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2869 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2870 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2871 from the cursor position.
2872
2873 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2874
2875 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2876
2877 ;;;***
2878 \f
2879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2881 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2882
2883 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2889 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2890
2891 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2895
2896 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2900
2901 \(fn)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2905 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2906 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2907
2908 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2911 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2912 This is most useful in the X window system.
2913 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2914 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2915
2916 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2917
2918 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2919 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2920 See calc-keypad for details.
2921
2922 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2925 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2930 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2935 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2936
2937 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2938
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2940 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2941 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2942
2943 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2944
2945 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2946 Define Calc function.
2947
2948 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2949 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2950 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2951
2952 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2953 actual Lisp function name.
2954
2955 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2956
2957 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2958
2959 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2960
2961 ;;;***
2962 \f
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2964 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2966
2967 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2968
2969
2970 \(fn N)" t nil)
2971
2972 ;;;***
2973 \f
2974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21231 31415 579137
2975 ;;;;;; 0))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2977
2978 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2979 Run the Emacs calculator.
2980 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2981
2982 \(fn)" t nil)
2983
2984 ;;;***
2985 \f
2986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21288 7471
2987 ;;;;;; 924179 0))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2989
2990 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2991 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2992 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2993 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2994 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2995 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2996
2997 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2998 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2999 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3000 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3001 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3002 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3003 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3004 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3005 window.
3006
3007 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3008 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3009
3010 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3011 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3012 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3013 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3014 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3015 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3016
3017 Runs the following hooks:
3018
3019 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3020 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3021 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3022 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3023
3024 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3025
3026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3027
3028 ;;;***
3029 \f
3030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3031 ;;;;;; 0))
3032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3033
3034 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3035 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3036
3037 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3038
3039 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3040 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3041 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3042 it fails.
3043
3044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3045
3046 ;;;***
3047 \f
3048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3049 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3051 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3052
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21231
3056 ;;;;;; 31415 579137 0))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3058
3059 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3060 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3061
3062 \(fn)" nil nil)
3063
3064 ;;;***
3065 \f
3066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21187 63826
3067 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3069
3070 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3071 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3072
3073 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3074 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3075
3076 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3077 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3078
3079 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3080
3081 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3082 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3083 made from scratch.
3084
3085 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3086
3087 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3088 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3089
3090 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3091 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3092 made from scratch.
3093
3094 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3095
3096 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3097 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3098
3099 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3100
3101 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3102 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3103 made from scratch.
3104
3105 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3106
3107 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3108 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3109
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3113
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3115
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3118
3119 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3120
3121 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3122 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3123 made from scratch.
3124
3125 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3126
3127 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3129
3130 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3131 variables are guessed:
3132
3133 * `c-basic-offset', and
3134 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3135 `c-offsets-alist'.
3136
3137 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3138 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3139
3140 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3141 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3145 guess is made from scratch.
3146
3147 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3148 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3149
3150 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3151
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3153 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3154 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3156
3157 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3158 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3159 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3162
3163 ;;;***
3164 \f
3165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3166 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
3167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3170 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3171 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3172 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3173 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3174 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3175 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3176
3177 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3184 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3185 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3186
3187 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3188 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3189 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3190 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3191 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3192 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3193
3194 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3195
3196 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3197 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3198
3199 Key bindings:
3200 \\{c-mode-map}
3201
3202 \(fn)" t nil)
3203
3204 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3206 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3207 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3208 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3209 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3210 message.
3211
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3213
3214 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3215 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3216
3217 Key bindings:
3218 \\{c++-mode-map}
3219
3220 \(fn)" t nil)
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3222
3223 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3226 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3227 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3228 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3229 message.
3230
3231 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232
3233 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3234 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3235
3236 Key bindings:
3237 \\{objc-mode-map}
3238
3239 \(fn)" t nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3241
3242 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing Java code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3245 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3246 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3247 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3248 message.
3249
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3254
3255 Key bindings:
3256 \\{java-mode-map}
3257
3258 \(fn)" t nil)
3259 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3260
3261 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3264 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3267 message.
3268
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270
3271 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3272 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3273
3274 Key bindings:
3275 \\{idl-mode-map}
3276
3277 \(fn)" t nil)
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3279 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3280
3281 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3284 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 message.
3288
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290
3291 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3292 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3293
3294 Key bindings:
3295 \\{pike-mode-map}
3296
3297 \(fn)" t nil)
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3303
3304 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3305 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3306 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3307 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3308 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3309 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3310
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3315
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{awk-mode-map}
3318
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3324 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3326
3327 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3328 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3329 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3330 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3331
3332 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3333
3334 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3335 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3336 might get set too.
3337
3338 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3339 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3340 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3341 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3342 in this way.
3343
3344 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3345 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3346 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3347 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3348 a null operation.
3349
3350 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3351
3352 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3353 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3354 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3355 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3356
3357 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3358
3359 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3360 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3361 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3362
3363 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3364
3365 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3366 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3367 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3368 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3369 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3370
3371 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3372
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3376 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3378 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3379 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3380 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3381
3382 ;;;***
3383 \f
3384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3385 ;;;;;; 0))
3386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3387
3388 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3389 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3390
3391 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3392
3393 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3394 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3395
3396 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3397
3398 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3399 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3400
3401 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3402 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3403 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3404 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3405 execution.
3406
3407 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3408
3409 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3410
3411 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3412 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3413
3414 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3415 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3416 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3417 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3418
3419 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3420 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3421 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3422 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3423 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3424 `write' commands.
3425
3426 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3427 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3428 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3429 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3430
3431 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3432 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3433 semantics.
3434
3435 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3436
3437 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3438
3439 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3440
3441 STATEMENT :=
3442 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3443 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3444
3445 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3446 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3447 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3448 | integer
3449
3450 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3451
3452 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3453 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3454 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3455
3456 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3457 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3458 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3459
3460 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3461 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3462
3463 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3464 BREAK := (break)
3465
3466 REPEAT :=
3467 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3468 (repeat)
3469 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3472 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3473 ;; (read REG)
3474 ;; (repeat))
3475 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3476 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3477 ;; (read REG)
3478 ;; (repeat))
3479 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3480
3481 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3482 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3483 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3484 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3485 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3486 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3488 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3489 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3490 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3491 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3492 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3493 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3494 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3495 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3496 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3497
3498 WRITE :=
3499 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3500 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3501 ;; representation.
3502 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3503 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; (write r7))
3505 | (write EXPRESSION)
3506 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3507 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3508 ;; representation.
3509 | (write integer)
3510 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3511 ;; buffer.
3512 | (write string)
3513 ;; Same as: (write string)
3514 | string
3515 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3516 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3517 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3518 ;; representation.
3519 | (write REG ARRAY)
3520 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3521 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3522 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3523 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3524 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3525 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3526
3527 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3528 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3529
3530 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3531 END := (end)
3532
3533 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3534 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3535 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3536
3537 ARG := REG | integer
3538
3539 OPERATOR :=
3540 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3541 + | - | * | / | %
3542
3543 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3544 | & | `|' | ^
3545
3546 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3547 | << | >>
3548
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3551 | <8
3552
3553 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3554 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3555 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3556 | >8
3557
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3560 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3561 | //
3562
3563 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3565
3566 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3567 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3569 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3570 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3571 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3572 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3573 | de-sjis
3574
3575 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3576 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3577 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3580 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3581 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3582 ;; byte of SJIS.
3583 | en-sjis
3584
3585 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3586 ;; Same meaning as C code
3587 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3588
3589 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3590 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3591 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3592 | <8=
3593
3594 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3596 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3597
3598 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3599 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3600 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3601 | //=
3602
3603 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3604
3605
3606 TRANSLATE :=
3607 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3608 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3609 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3610 LOOKUP :=
3611 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3612 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3613 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3614 MAP :=
3615 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3616 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3617 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3618 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3619 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3620 MAP-ID := integer
3621
3622 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3623
3624 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3625
3626 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3627 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3628 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3629 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3630 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3631 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3632
3633 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3634
3635 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3636 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3637 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3638
3639 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3640
3641 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3642
3643 ;;;***
3644 \f
3645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3646 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
3647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3648
3649 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3650 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3651 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3652 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3653
3654 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3655
3656 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3657
3658 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3659 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3660
3661 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3662
3663 ;;;***
3664 \f
3665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3666 ;;;;;; 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3668 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3669
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3673 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3675 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3676
3677 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3678 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3679 There are no special keybindings by default.
3680
3681 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3682 to the action header.
3683
3684 \(fn)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3687 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3688 There are no special keybindings by default.
3689
3690 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3691 to the action header.
3692
3693 \(fn)" t nil)
3694
3695 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3696 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3697 on the buffer contents
3698
3699 \(fn)" nil nil)
3700
3701 ;;;***
3702 \f
3703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3704 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3706 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3707
3708 ;;;***
3709 \f
3710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3711 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3713
3714 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3715 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3716 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3717
3718 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3719
3720 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3721 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3722 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3723
3724 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3725
3726 ;;;***
3727 \f
3728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3729 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3731 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3738 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3739 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3740
3741 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3742
3743
3744 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3745 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3746 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3747
3748 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3749 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3750 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3751 the users will view as each check is completed.
3752
3753 \(fn)" t nil)
3754
3755 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3756 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3757 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3758 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3759 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3760 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3761 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3762 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3763
3764 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3765
3766 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3767 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3768 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3769 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3770 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3771 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3772 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3773 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3774
3775 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3778 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3779 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3780 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3781 spacing are all verified.
3782
3783 \(fn)" t nil)
3784
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3786 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3787 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3788 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3789 otherwise stop after the first error.
3790
3791 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3792
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3794 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3795 Only documentation strings are checked.
3796 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3797 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3798 a separate buffer.
3799
3800 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3801
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3803 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3804 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3805 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3806 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3807
3808 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3809
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3811 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3812 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3813 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3814 if there is one.
3815
3816 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3819 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3820 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3821 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3822 if there is one.
3823 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3824
3825 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3828 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3829 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3830
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3832
3833 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3834 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3835 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3836 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3837 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3838
3839 \(fn)" t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3842 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3843 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3844 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3845 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3846 space at the end of each line.
3847
3848 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3851 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3852 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3853 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3854
3855 \(fn)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3858 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3859 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3860 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3861
3862 \(fn)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3865 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3866 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3867 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3868
3869 \(fn)" t nil)
3870
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3872 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3873 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3874 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3880 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3882
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3884
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3889
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3896
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3903
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3910
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3914 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3916 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3917 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3918
3919 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3920 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3921 checking of documentation strings.
3922
3923 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3924
3925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3926
3927 ;;;***
3928 \f
3929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3930 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3932
3933 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3934 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3935 Return the length of resulting text.
3936
3937 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3938
3939 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3940 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3941
3942 \(fn)" t nil)
3943
3944 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3945 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3946 Return the length of resulting text.
3947
3948 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3951 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3956
3957
3958 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3959
3960 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3961
3962
3963 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3964
3965 ;;;***
3966 \f
3967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3968 ;;;;;; 0))
3969 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3970
3971 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3972 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3973 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3974 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3975 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3976 editing and the result is evaluated.
3977
3978 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3979
3980 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3981 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3982 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3983 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3984 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3985
3986 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3987
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3991 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3992 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3993 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3994 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3995
3996 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3997 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3998 \\{command-history-map}
3999
4000 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4001 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4002
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4004
4005 ;;;***
4006 \f
4007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21240
4008 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
4009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4010
4011 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4012 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4013 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4014 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4015 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4016 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4017 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4018 of this function.
4019
4020 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4021 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4022 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4023 property are:
4024
4025 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4026 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4027
4028 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4029 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4030 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4031 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4032 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4033 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4034 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4035 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4036 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4037 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4038 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4039 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4040
4041 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4042 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4043 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4044
4045 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4046 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4047 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4048 list elements are:
4049
4050 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4051
4052 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4053
4054 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4055
4056 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4057 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4058
4059 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4060 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4061
4062 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4063 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4064 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4065 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4066 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4067 value specified by their associated list element.
4068
4069 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4070
4071 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4072 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4073 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4074
4075 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4076 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4077 * indent the first argument by 4.
4078 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4079 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4080 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4081
4082 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4083
4084 ;;;***
4085 \f
4086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21187 63826
4087 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4089 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4090
4091 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4092
4093 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4094 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4095 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4096 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4097 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4098 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4099
4100 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4101 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4102
4103 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4104
4105 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4106
4107 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4108
4109 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4110
4111 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4112
4113 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4114
4115 ;;;***
4116 \f
4117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4118 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4120
4121 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4122 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4123 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4124 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4125
4126 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4127 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4128 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4129 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4130
4131 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4132 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4133
4134 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4135
4136 ;;;***
4137 \f
4138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4139 ;;;;;; 0))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4141
4142 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4143 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4144 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4145 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4146 of `scheme-program-name').
4147 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4148 it is given as initial input.
4149 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4150 discards input when it starts up.
4151 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4152 is run).
4153 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4154
4155 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4160 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4161
4162 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4163 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4164 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4165 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4166
4167 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4168 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4169
4170 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4171 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4172 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4173
4174 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4175
4176 ;;;***
4177 \f
4178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21305 16557 836987 0))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4180
4181 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4182 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4183 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4184 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4185 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4186 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4187 functions have already modified the buffer.
4188
4189 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4190
4191 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4192 either globally or locally.")
4193
4194 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4195 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4196 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4197 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4198
4199 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4200 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4201 `start-file-process'
4202 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4203 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4204 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4205
4206 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4207 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4208
4209 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4210
4211 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4212
4213 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4214
4215 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4216 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4217 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4218 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4219 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4220 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4221 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4222 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4223 process as its initial input.
4224
4225 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4226
4227 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4228
4229 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4230
4231 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4232 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4233 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4234 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4235 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4236 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4237
4238 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4239
4240 (put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4241
4242 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4243 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4244 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4245 directory tracking functions.")
4246
4247 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4248 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4249 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4250
4251 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4252
4253 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4254
4255 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4256 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4257 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4258
4259 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4260
4261 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4262
4263 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4264 Send COMMAND to current process.
4265 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4266 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4267
4268 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4269
4270 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4271 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4272 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4273 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4274
4275 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4276
4277 ;;;***
4278 \f
4279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4280 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4282
4283 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4284 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4285 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4286 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4287
4288 This command pushes the mark in each window
4289 at the prior location of point in that window.
4290 If both windows display the same buffer,
4291 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4292 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4293
4294 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4295 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4296 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4297 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4298 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4299 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4300 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4301 ignored.
4302
4303 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4304 this command work in interlaced mode:
4305 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4306 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4307 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4308
4309 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4310
4311 ;;;***
4312 \f
4313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21240 46395
4314 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4316
4317 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4318 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4319
4320 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4321
4322 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4323 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4324 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4325
4326 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4327
4328 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4329 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4330 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4331
4332 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4333
4334 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4335 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4336 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4337 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4338 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4339
4340 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4341 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4342 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4343 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4344 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4345
4346 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4347 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4348 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4349 describing how the process finished.")
4350
4351 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4352 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4353 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4354 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4355 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4358 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4359 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4360
4361 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4362
4363 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4364 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4365 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4366 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4367
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4369
4370 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4371 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4372
4373 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4374 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4375
4376 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4377 (lambda ()
4378 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4379 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4380 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4381 (concat \"make -k \"
4382 (if buffer-file-name
4383 (shell-quote-argument
4384 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4385
4386 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4387 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4388
4389 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4390 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4391 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4392 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4393
4394 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4395
4396 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4397 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4398 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4399 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4400
4401 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4402 and move to the source code that caused it.
4403
4404 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4405 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4406
4407 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4408 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4409 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4410 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4411 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4412
4413 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4414 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4415 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4416 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4417
4418 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4419 kills its subprocesses.
4420
4421 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4422 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4423 to a function that generates a unique name.
4424
4425 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4426
4427 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4428 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4429 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4430 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4431
4432 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4433 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4434
4435 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4436 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4437 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4438 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4439
4440 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4441 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4442 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4443
4444 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4445
4446 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4447
4448 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4449 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4450 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4451 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4452 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4453
4454 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4455
4456 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4457
4458 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4459
4460 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4461
4462 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4463 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4464 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4465 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4466 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4467
4468 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4469 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4470 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4471 See `compilation-mode'.
4472
4473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4474
4475 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4476 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4478 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4479 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4480
4481 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4482 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4483 `compilation-mode'.
4484
4485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4486
4487 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4488 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4489 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4490
4491 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4492
4493 ;;;***
4494 \f
4495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4496 ;;;;;; 0))
4497 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4498
4499 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4500 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4501 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4504 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4505
4506 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4507
4508 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4509 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4511 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4512 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4513
4514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4515
4516 ;;;***
4517 \f
4518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21187
4519 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4521
4522 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4523 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4524 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4525 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4526 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4527 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4528 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4529
4530 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4531 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4532 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4533
4534 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4535 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4536 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4537
4538 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4539 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4540 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4541 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4542
4543 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4544 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4545 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4546 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4547 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4548 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4549 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4550
4551 \\{conf-mode-map}
4552
4553 \(fn)" t nil)
4554
4555 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4556 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4557 Comments start with `#'.
4558 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4559
4560 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4561
4562 \[Desktop Entry]
4563 Encoding=UTF-8
4564 Name=The GIMP
4565 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4566 Name[cs]=GIMP
4567
4568 \(fn)" t nil)
4569
4570 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4571 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4572 Comments start with `;'.
4573 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4574
4575 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4576
4577 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4578 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4579 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4580
4581 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4582 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4583
4584 \(fn)" t nil)
4585
4586 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4587 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4588 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4589 between `/*' and `*/'.
4590 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4591
4592 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4593 // another kind of comment
4594 /* yet another */
4595
4596 name:value
4597 name=value
4598 name value
4599 x.1 =
4600 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4601 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4602
4603 \(fn)" t nil)
4604
4605 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4606 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4607 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4608 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4609 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4610 `conf-space-keywords'.
4611 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4612 in an interactive fashion instead.
4613
4614 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615
4616 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4617
4618 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4619 image/png png
4620 image/tiff tiff tif
4621
4622 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4623 class desktop
4624 # Standard multimedia devices
4625 add /dev/audio desktop
4626 add /dev/mixer desktop
4627
4628 \(fn)" t nil)
4629
4630 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4631 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4632 See `conf-space-mode'.
4633
4634 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4635
4636 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4637 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4638 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4639 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4640
4641 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4642
4643 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4644 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4645
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4647
4648 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4649 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4650 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4652
4653 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4654
4655 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4656 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4657
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4662 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4663 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4664
4665 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4666
4667 *background: gray99
4668 *foreground: black
4669
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4671
4672 ;;;***
4673 \f
4674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4675 ;;;;;; 0))
4676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4677
4678 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4679 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4680 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4681 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4682 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4683 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4684
4685 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4688 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4689 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4690 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4691
4692 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4693
4694 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4695 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4696 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4697 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4698
4699 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4700
4701 ;;;***
4702 \f
4703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4704 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4706 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4707 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4708 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4709
4710 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4711 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4712 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4713 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4714 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4715 following the copyright are updated as well.
4716 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4717 interactively.
4718
4719 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4720
4721 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4722 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4723 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4724 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4725 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4726
4727 \(fn)" t nil)
4728
4729 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4730 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4731
4732 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4733
4734 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4735 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4736 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4737
4738 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4739
4740 ;;;***
4741 \f
4742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21207
4743 ;;;;;; 49087 974317 0))
4744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4745 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4746 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4747 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4748 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4751 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4752
4753 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4754 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4755 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4756 Tab indents for Perl code.
4757 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4758 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4759
4760 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4761 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4762 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4763 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4764 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4765 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4766 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4767 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4768 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4769 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4770 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4771 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4772
4773 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4774
4775 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4776 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4777
4778 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4779
4780 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4781 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4782 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4783 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4784 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4785 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4786 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4787 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4788 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4789
4790 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4791
4792 bite if angry;
4793
4794 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4795 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4796 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4797 to nil.)
4798
4799 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4800 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4801 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4802
4803 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4804
4805 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4806 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4807 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4808 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4809 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4810
4811 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4812
4813 if (A) { B }
4814
4815 into
4816
4817 B if A;
4818
4819 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4820
4821 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4822 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4823 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4824 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4825 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4826 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4827 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4828 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4829 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4830 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4831 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4832 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4833 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4834
4835 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4836 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4837 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4838 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4839 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4840 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4841
4842 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4843 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4844 man via menu.
4845
4846 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4847 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4848 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4849 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4850 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4851
4852 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4853 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4854 span the needed amount of lines.
4855
4856 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4857 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4858 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4859 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4860
4861 Variables controlling indentation style:
4862 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4863 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4864 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4865 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4866 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4867 `cperl-auto-newline'
4868 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4869 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4870 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4871 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4872 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4873 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4874 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4875 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4876 `cperl-indent-level'
4877 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4878 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4879 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4880 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4881 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4882 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4883 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4884 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4885 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4886 `cperl-brace-offset'
4887 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4888 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4889 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4890 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4891 `cperl-label-offset'
4892 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4893 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4894 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4895
4896 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4897 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4898 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4899 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4900 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4901 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4902
4903 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4904 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4905 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4906 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4907
4908 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4909 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4910 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4911 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4912 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4913 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4914 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4915
4916 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4917 column 0 is indented on
4918 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4919
4920 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4921 with no args.
4922
4923 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4924 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4925 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4926
4927 \(fn)" t nil)
4928
4929 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4930 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4931
4932 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4933
4934 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4935 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4936
4937 \(fn)" t nil)
4938
4939 ;;;***
4940 \f
4941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4942 ;;;;;; 0))
4943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4944
4945 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4946 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4947 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4948 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4949 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4950
4951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4952
4953 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4954 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4955
4956 \(fn)" t nil)
4957
4958 ;;;***
4959 \f
4960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4961 ;;;;;; 0))
4962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4963
4964 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4965 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4966 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4967 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4968
4969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4970 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4971
4972 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4975 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
4977 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4978 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4979
4980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4981
4982 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4987 ;;;;;; 0))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4989
4990 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4991 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4992 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4993 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4994 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4995 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4996 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4997 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4998
4999 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5000 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5001
5002 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5003 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5004 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5005
5006 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5007 with empty strings removed.
5008
5009 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5010
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
5014 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5016
5017 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5018 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5019
5020 \(fn)" t nil)
5021
5022 ;;;***
5023 \f
5024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21243 49747
5025 ;;;;;; 293438 0))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5027
5028 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5029 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5030 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5033 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5034
5035 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5036
5037 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5038 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5040 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5041 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5042
5043 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5044 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5045 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5046 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5047 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5048 normal function of these prefix keys.
5049
5050 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5051 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5052 options:
5053 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5054 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5055 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5056
5057 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5058 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5059 the prefix fallback behavior.
5060
5061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5062
5063 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5064 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5065
5066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5067
5068 ;;;***
5069 \f
5070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21187 63826
5071 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5073
5074 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5075 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5076 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5077
5078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
5083 ;;;;;; 0))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5085
5086 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5087 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5088
5089 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5090
5091 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5092 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5093
5094 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5095
5096 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5097 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5098
5099 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5100
5101 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5102 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5103
5104 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5105 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5106
5107 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5108 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5109
5110 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5111
5112 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5113
5114 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5115 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5116 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5117
5118 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5119 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5120
5121 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5122 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5123
5124 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5125 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5126
5127 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5128
5129 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5132 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5133 Return VALUE.
5134
5135 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5136 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5137
5138 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5139 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5140
5141 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5142 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5143
5144 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5145
5146 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5147
5148 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5149 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5150 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5151 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5152
5153 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5154 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5155 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5156
5157 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5158
5159 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5160 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5161 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5162 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5163 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5164
5165 \(fn)" t nil)
5166
5167 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5168 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5169 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5170 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5171
5172 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5175 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5176 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5177
5178 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5179
5180 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5181 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5182
5183 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5184
5185 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5186
5187 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5188 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5189
5190 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5191
5192 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5193
5194 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5195 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5196 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5197
5198 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5199
5200 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5201 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5202 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5203 as part of Emacs itself.
5204
5205 Each elements looks like this:
5206
5207 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5208
5209 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5210 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5211 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5212 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5213 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5214 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5215 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5216 and `defface'.
5217
5218 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5219
5220 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5221 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5222 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5223 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5224 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5225
5226 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5227 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5228 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5229 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5230
5231 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5232
5233 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5235 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5236 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5237 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5238 release.
5239
5240 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5241 that were added or redefined since that version.
5242
5243 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5247 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5248 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5249
5250 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5251
5252 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5253 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5254
5255 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5256
5257 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5258 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5259 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5260
5261 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5262 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5263
5264 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5265
5266 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5268
5269 \(fn)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5273
5274 \(fn)" t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all saved options and faces.
5278
5279 \(fn)" t nil)
5280
5281 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5283 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5284 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5285 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5286 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5287
5288 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5289 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5290 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5291
5292 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5293
5294 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5295 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5296
5297 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5298
5299 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5300 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5301
5302 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5303
5304 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5306
5307 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5308
5309 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5310 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5311 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5312 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5313 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5314 that option.
5315 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5316
5317 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5318
5319 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5320 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5321 The result includes selecting that window.
5322 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5323 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5324 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5325 that option.
5326
5327 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5328
5329 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5330 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5331
5332 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5333
5334 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5335 File used for storing customization information.
5336 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5337 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5338 it should be an absolute file name.
5339
5340 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5341 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5342 something like the following in your init file:
5343
5344 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5345 \(load custom-file)
5346
5347 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5348 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5349
5350 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5351 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5352 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5353 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5354 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5355
5356 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5357 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5358 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5359 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5360 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5361 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5362 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5363 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5364 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5365 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5366
5367 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5368
5369 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5370 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5371
5372 \(fn)" nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5375 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5376
5377 \(fn)" t nil)
5378
5379 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5380 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5381 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5382
5383 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5384
5385 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5386 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5387 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5388 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5389 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5390
5391 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5392
5393 ;;;***
5394 \f
5395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5396 ;;;;;; 0))
5397 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5398
5399 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5400 Create or edit a custom theme.
5401 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5402 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5403 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5404 from the Custom save file.
5405 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5406 named *Custom Theme*.
5407
5408 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5411 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5412
5413 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5414
5415 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5416 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5417
5418 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5419
5420 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5421 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5422 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5423 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5424
5425 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5426
5427 ;;;***
5428 \f
5429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5430 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5431 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5432
5433 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5434 Mode used for cvs status output.
5435
5436 \(fn)" t nil)
5437
5438 ;;;***
5439 \f
5440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21187 63826 213216
5441 ;;;;;; 0))
5442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5443 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5444
5445 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5446 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5447
5448 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5449
5450 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5451 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5452 C++ modes are included.
5453
5454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5455 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5456 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5457
5458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5459
5460 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5461
5462 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5463 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5464 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5466 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5467 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5468
5469 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5472 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5473 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5474 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5475 ARG is omitted or nil.
5476
5477 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5478 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5479 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5480
5481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5482
5483 ;;;***
5484 \f
5485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5486 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5488
5489 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5490 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5491
5492 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5493
5494 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5495 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5496
5497 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5498
5499 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5500 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5501 For readability, the table is slightly
5502 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5503
5504 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5505 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5506 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5507 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5508 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5509
5510 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5511
5512 ;;;***
5513 \f
5514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5515 ;;;;;; 0))
5516 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5517 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5518 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5519 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5520 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5521
5522 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5523 Completion on current word.
5524 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5525 and presents suggestions for completion.
5526
5527 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5528 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5529 completions.
5530
5531 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5532 then it searches *all* buffers.
5533
5534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5535
5536 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5537 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5538
5539 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5540 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5541 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5542 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5543 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5544
5545 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5546 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5547
5548 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5549 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5550 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5551
5552 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5553 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5554
5555 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5556
5557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5558
5559 ;;;***
5560 \f
5561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5562 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5564
5565 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5566 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5567
5568 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5569
5570 ;;;***
5571 \f
5572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21263 60369 592555 0))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5574
5575 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5576 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5577 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5578 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5579 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5580
5581 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5582
5583 ;;;***
5584 \f
5585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5586 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5588
5589 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5590 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5591
5592 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5593 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5594 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5595
5596 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5597 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5598 Data lines are not indented.
5599
5600 Key bindings:
5601
5602 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5603 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5604
5605 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5606 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5607 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5608 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5609
5610 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5611
5612 dcl-basic-offset
5613 Extra indentation within blocks.
5614
5615 dcl-continuation-offset
5616 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5617
5618 dcl-margin-offset
5619 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5620
5621 dcl-margin-label-offset
5622 Indentation for a label.
5623
5624 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5625 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5626
5627 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5628 dcl-block-end-regexp
5629 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5630 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5631 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5632 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5633 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5634
5635 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5636 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5637 Two such functions are included in the package:
5638 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5639 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5640
5641 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5642 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5643 One such function is included in the package:
5644 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5645
5646 dcl-tab-always-indent
5647 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5648 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5649 margin.
5650
5651 dcl-electric-characters
5652 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5653 typed.
5654
5655 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5656 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5657 which words trigger electric indentation.
5658
5659 dcl-tempo-comma
5660 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5661 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5662 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5663
5664 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5665 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5666 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5667 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5668
5669 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5670 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5671 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5672 dcl-imenu-label-call
5673 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5674
5675 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5676 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5677 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5678 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5679
5680
5681 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5682
5683 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5684 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5685 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5686 $ i = 1
5687 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5688 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5689 $ label:
5690 $ if i.eq.1
5691 $ then
5692 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5693 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5694 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5695 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5696 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5697 \"lined up with the command line\"
5698 $ type sys$input
5699 Data lines are not indented at all.
5700 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5701 $ endif
5702 $
5703
5704
5705 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5706 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5707
5708 \(fn)" t nil)
5709
5710 ;;;***
5711 \f
5712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5713 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5715
5716 (setq debugger 'debug)
5717
5718 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5719 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5720 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5721 of the evaluator.
5722
5723 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5724 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5725 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5726
5727 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5728
5729 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5730 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5731
5732 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5733
5734 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5735 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5736 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5737 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5738 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5739 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5740
5741 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5742 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5743
5744 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5745
5746 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5747 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5748 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5749 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5750 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5751
5752 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5753
5754 ;;;***
5755 \f
5756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5757 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5758 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5759
5760 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5761 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5762
5763 \(fn)" t nil)
5764
5765 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5766 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5767 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5768 Upper-case letters are commands.
5769
5770 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5771 modify it.
5772
5773 The most useful commands are:
5774 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5775 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5776 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5777 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5778 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5779 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5780
5781 \(fn)" t nil)
5782
5783 ;;;***
5784 \f
5785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5786 ;;;;;; 0))
5787 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5788 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5789
5790 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5791 Customization of `columns' group.
5792
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5794
5795 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5796 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5797
5798 START and END delimits the text region.
5799
5800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5801
5802 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5803 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5804
5805 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5806
5807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5808
5809 ;;;***
5810 \f
5811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21251 41787 268999 0))
5812 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5813
5814 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5815
5816 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5817 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5818 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5821 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5822
5823 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5824
5825 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5826 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5828 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5829 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5830
5831 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5832 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5833 point regardless of any selection.
5834
5835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5836
5837 ;;;***
5838 \f
5839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5840 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5842
5843 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5844 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5845
5846 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5847
5848 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5849 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5850 or nil if there is no parent.
5851 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5852 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5853 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5854 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5855 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5856
5857 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5858 arguments are currently understood:
5859 :group GROUP
5860 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5861 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5862 :syntax-table TABLE
5863 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5864 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5865 :abbrev-table TABLE
5866 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5867 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5868
5869 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5870
5871 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5872
5873 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5874 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5875 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5876
5877 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5878 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5879
5880 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5881 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5882 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5883
5884 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5885 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5886
5887 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5888 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5889
5890 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5891
5892 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5893
5894 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5895
5896 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5897 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5898 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5899 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5900 the first time the mode is used.
5901
5902 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5903
5904 ;;;***
5905 \f
5906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5907 ;;;;;; 0))
5908 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5909
5910 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5911 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5912 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5913 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5914 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5915 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5916 otherwise.
5917
5918 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5919
5920 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5921 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5922 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5923 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5924
5925 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5926 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5927 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5928
5929 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5930 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5931 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5932 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5933 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5934 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5935 relevant to POS.
5936
5937 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5938
5939 ;;;***
5940 \f
5941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21280 13349 392544
5942 ;;;;;; 0))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5944
5945 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5946 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5947 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5948 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5949 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5950 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5951
5952 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5953
5954 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5955 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5957 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5958 is omitted or nil.
5959
5960 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5961 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5962 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5963 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5964
5965 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5966 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5967
5968 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5969 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5970
5971 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5972
5973 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5974
5975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5976
5977 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5978 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5979 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5980 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5981
5982 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5983
5984 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5985 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5986
5987 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5988 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5989 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5990
5991 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5992 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5993
5994 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5995 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5996 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5997
5998 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5999 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6000 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6001 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6002
6003 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6004
6005 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6006 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6007
6008 Handlers are called with argument list
6009
6010 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6011
6012 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6013
6014 `desktop-file-version'
6015 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6016 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6017 `desktop-buffer-point'
6018 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6019 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6020 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6021
6022 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6023 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6024
6025 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6026 code like
6027
6028 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6029 ...
6030 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6031 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6032
6033 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6034
6035 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6036
6037 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6038 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6039 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6040 List elements must have the form
6041
6042 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6043
6044 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6045 function.
6046
6047 Handlers are called with argument list
6048
6049 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6050
6051 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6052
6053 `desktop-file-version'
6054 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6055 `desktop-buffer-name'
6056 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6057 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6058 `desktop-buffer-point'
6059 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6060 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6061 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6062
6063 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6064 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6065 created and set.
6066
6067 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6068 code like
6069
6070 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6071 ...
6072 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6073 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6074
6075 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6076
6077 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6078
6079 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6080
6081 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6082 Empty the Desktop.
6083 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6084 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6085 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6086 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6087 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6088 if different).
6089
6090 \(fn)" t nil)
6091
6092 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6093 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6094 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6095 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6096 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6097 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6098
6099 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6100
6101 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6102 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6103 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6104
6105 \(fn)" t nil)
6106
6107 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6108 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6109 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6110 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6111 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6112 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6113 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6114 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6115
6116 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6117
6118 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6119 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6120 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6121
6122 \(fn)" nil nil)
6123
6124 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6125
6126 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6127 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6128 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6129 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6130 directory DIRNAME.
6131
6132 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6133
6134 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6135 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6136
6137 \(fn)" t nil)
6138
6139 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6140 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6141
6142 \(fn)" t nil)
6143
6144 ;;;***
6145 \f
6146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6147 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6149
6150 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6151 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6152 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6153 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6154 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6155 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6156
6157 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6160 Repair a broken attribution line.
6161 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6162
6163 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6164
6165 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6166 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6167 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6168 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6169
6170 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6171
6172 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6173 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6174
6175 \(fn)" t nil)
6176
6177 ;;;***
6178 \f
6179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21187
6180 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6181 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6182
6183 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6184 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6185 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6186 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6187 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6188
6189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6190
6191 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6192 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6193 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6194 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6195
6196 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6197 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6198 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6199 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6200
6201 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6202 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6203
6204 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6205 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6206 calendar-date-style 'european
6207 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6208
6209 \(diary-mail-entries)
6210
6211 # diary-rem.el ends here
6212
6213 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6214
6215 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6216 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6217
6218 \(fn)" t nil)
6219
6220 ;;;***
6221 \f
6222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6224
6225 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6226 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6227
6228 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6229
6230 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6231 The command to use to run diff.")
6232
6233 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6234
6235 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6236 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6237 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6238 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6239 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6240 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6241
6242 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6243 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6244 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6245
6246 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6247
6248 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6249 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6250 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6251 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6252 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6253 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6254
6255 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6258 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6259
6260 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6261
6262 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6263 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6264 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6265
6266 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6267
6268 ;;;***
6269 \f
6270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21187 63826
6271 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6272 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6273
6274 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6275 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6276 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6277 normal diffs.
6278
6279 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6280 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6281 headers for you on-the-fly.
6282
6283 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6284 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6285 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6286
6287 \\{diff-mode-map}
6288
6289 \(fn)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6292 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6294 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6295 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6296
6297 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6298
6299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6300
6301 ;;;***
6302 \f
6303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6305
6306 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6307 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6308 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6309
6310 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6311
6312 ;;;***
6313 \f
6314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21294 46655 260114 485000))
6315 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6316
6317 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6318 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6319 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6320 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6321 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6322 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6323 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6324 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6325
6326 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6327
6328 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6329 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6330 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6331 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6332 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6333 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6334
6335 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6336 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6337 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6338 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6339 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6340 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6341 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6342 list of files to make directory entries for.
6343 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6344 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6345 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6346
6347 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6348
6349 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6350 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6351
6352 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6353 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6354
6355 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6356 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6357
6358 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6359 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6360
6361 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6362
6363 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6364 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6365
6366 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6367
6368 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6369 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6370 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6371 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6372 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6373 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6374 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6375 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6376 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6377 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6378 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6379 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6380 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6381 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6382 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6383 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6384 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6385 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6386 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6387 to see why something went wrong.
6388 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6389 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6390 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6391 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6392 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6393 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6394 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6395 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6396 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6397 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6398 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6399 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6400 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6401
6402 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6403 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6404 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6405 again for the directory tree.
6406
6407 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6408 for more info):
6409
6410 `dired-listing-switches'
6411 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6412 `dired-marker-char'
6413 `dired-del-marker'
6414 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6415 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6416 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6417 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6418
6419 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6420
6421 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6422 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6423 `dired-mode-hook'
6424 `dired-load-hook'
6425
6426 Keybindings:
6427 \\{dired-mode-map}
6428
6429 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6430 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6431
6432 ;;;***
6433 \f
6434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6435 ;;;;;; 0))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6437
6438 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6439 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6441 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6443
6444 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6445 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6446 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6447
6448 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6449 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6450 directory.
6451
6452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6453
6454 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6455 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6456 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6457 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6458 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6459 from `default-directory'.
6460
6461 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6462
6463 ;;;***
6464 \f
6465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6466 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6468
6469 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6470 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6471 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6472 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6473 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6474 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6475
6476 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6477
6478 ;;;***
6479 \f
6480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6481 ;;;;;; 0))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6483
6484 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6485 Return a new, empty display table.
6486
6487 \(fn)" nil nil)
6488
6489 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6490 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6491 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6492 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6493 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6494
6495 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6496
6497 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6498 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6499 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6500 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6501 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6502
6503 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6504
6505 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6506 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6507
6508 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6509
6510 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6511 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6512
6513 \(fn)" t nil)
6514
6515 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6516 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6517
6518 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6519 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6520
6521 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6522 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6523 byte.
6524
6525 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6526 in the default way after this call.
6527
6528 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6529
6530 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6531 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6532
6533 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6534
6535 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6536 Display character C using printable string S.
6537
6538 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6539
6540 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6541 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6542 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6543 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6544
6545 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6548 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6549 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6550 X frame.
6551
6552 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6553
6554 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6555 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6556
6557 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6558
6559 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6560 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6561
6562 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6563
6564 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6565 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6566
6567 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6568
6569 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6570 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6571
6572 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6573
6574 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6575 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6576
6577 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6578
6579 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6580 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6581
6582 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6583 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6584
6585 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6586 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6587
6588 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6589 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6590 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6591 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6592
6593 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6594 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6595 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6596 in `.emacs'.
6597
6598 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6599
6600 ;;;***
6601 \f
6602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6603 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6605
6606 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6607 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6608 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6609 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6610 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6611 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6612 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6613 Default is 2.
6614
6615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6616
6617 ;;;***
6618 \f
6619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6620 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6621
6622 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6623 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6624 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6625 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6626 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6627 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6628 private or ask).
6629 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6630 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6631 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6632 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6633 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6634
6635 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6636
6637 ;;;***
6638 \f
6639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6640 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6642
6643 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6644 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6645 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6646 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6647 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6648 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6649 table and its own syntax table.
6650
6651 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6652
6653 \(fn)" t nil)
6654 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6655
6656 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6657 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6658
6659 \(fn)" t nil)
6660
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21187 63826 213216
6664 ;;;;;; 0))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6666
6667 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6668 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6669 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6670 OpenDocument format).
6671
6672 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6675 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6676
6677 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6678 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6679
6680 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6681 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6682 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6683
6684 \(fn)" t nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6687 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6688 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6689 to the next best mode.
6690
6691 \(fn)" nil nil)
6692
6693 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6694 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6698
6699 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6700
6701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6702
6703 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6704
6705
6706 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6707
6708 ;;;***
6709 \f
6710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6711 ;;;;;; 0))
6712 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6713
6714 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6715 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6716
6717 \(fn)" t nil)
6718
6719 ;;;***
6720 \f
6721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6723
6724 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6725 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6727 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6728 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6729
6730 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6731 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6732
6733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6734
6735 ;;;***
6736 \f
6737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21187 63826 213216
6738 ;;;;;; 0))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6740 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6741
6742 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6743 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6744
6745 \(fn)" t nil)
6746
6747 ;;;***
6748 \f
6749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21259
6750 ;;;;;; 10807 217062 0))
6751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6752
6753 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6754
6755 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6756 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6757 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6758 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6759 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6760
6761 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6762 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6763 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6764 and disables it otherwise.
6765
6766 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6767 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6768 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6769 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6770
6771 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6772 documenting what its argument does.
6773
6774 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6775 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6776 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6777 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6778 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6779 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6780 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6781 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6782
6783 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6784 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6785 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6786 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6787 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6788 mode is global):
6789
6790 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6791 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6792 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6793 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6794 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6795 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6796 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6797 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6798 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6799 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6800 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6801 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6802 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6803 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6804 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6805 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6806 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6807 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6808 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6809 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6810 in :variable).
6811
6812 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6813 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6814
6815 For example, you could write
6816 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6817 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6818 ...BODY CODE...)
6819
6820 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6821
6822 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6823
6824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6825
6826 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6827
6828 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6829 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6830 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6831 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6832 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6833 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6834 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6835 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6836 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6837 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6838 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6839 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6840
6841 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6842 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6843 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6844 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6845 call another major mode in their body.
6846
6847 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6848 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6849 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6850
6851 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6852
6853 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6854
6855 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6856 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6857 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6858 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6859 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6860 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6861 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6862
6863 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6864
6865 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6866 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6867 :inherit Parent keymap.
6868 :group Ignored.
6869 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6870 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6871
6872 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6873
6874 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6875 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6876 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6877 the constant's documentation.
6878
6879 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6880
6881 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6882 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6883 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6884
6885 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6886
6887 ;;;***
6888 \f
6889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6890 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6892
6893 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6894 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6895 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6896 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6897
6898 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6899 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6900 as a top-level menu bar item.
6901
6902 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6903 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6904 pairs:
6905
6906 :filter FUNCTION
6907 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6908 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6909 items to actually display.
6910
6911 :visible INCLUDE
6912 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6913 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6914 alias for `:visible'.
6915
6916 :active ENABLE
6917 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6918 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6919 an alias for `:active'.
6920
6921 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6922 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6923
6924 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6925
6926 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6927
6928 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6929 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6930
6931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6932 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6933
6934 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6935
6936 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6937
6938 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6939 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6940
6941 :keys KEYS
6942 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6943 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6944 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6945 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6946
6947 :key-sequence KEYS
6948 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6949 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6950 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6951 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6952
6953 :active ENABLE
6954 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6955 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6956 alias for `:active'.
6957
6958 :visible INCLUDE
6959 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6960 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6961 `:visible'.
6962
6963 :label FORM
6964 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6965 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6966
6967 :suffix FORM
6968 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6969 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6970
6971 :style STYLE
6972 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6973 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6974 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6975
6976 :selected SELECTED
6977 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6978 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6979
6980 :help HELP
6981 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6982
6983 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6984 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6985 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6986
6987 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6988 MENU. This is a submenu.
6989
6990 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6991
6992 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6993
6994 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6995
6996
6997 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6998
6999 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7000 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7001 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7002 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7003
7004 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7005
7006 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7007 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7008 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7009 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7010 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7011 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7012
7013 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7014 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7015 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7016
7017 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7018 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7019 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7020
7021 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7022 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7023
7024 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7025
7026 ;;;***
7027 \f
7028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7029 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7031 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7032
7033 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7034 Customization for ebnf group.
7035
7036 \(fn)" t nil)
7037
7038 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7040
7041 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7042
7043 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7044 processed.
7045
7046 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7047
7048 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7051 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7052
7053 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7054 killed after process termination.
7055
7056 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7057
7058 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7059
7060 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7061 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7062
7063 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7064 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7065 it to the printer.
7066
7067 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7068 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7069 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7070 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7071
7072 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7073
7074 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7076 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7077
7078 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7082
7083 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7084
7085 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7086 processed.
7087
7088 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7089
7090 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7091
7092 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7093 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7094
7095 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7096 killed after process termination.
7097
7098 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7099
7100 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7101
7102 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7104 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7105 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7106
7107 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7108
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7113 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7114
7115 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7116
7117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7121
7122 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7123
7124 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7125 processed.
7126
7127 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7128
7129 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7130
7131 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7132 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7133
7134 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7135 killed after EPS generation.
7136
7137 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7138
7139 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7143
7144 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7145 The EPS file name has the following form:
7146
7147 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7148
7149 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7150 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7151
7152 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7153 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7154 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7155 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7156 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7157
7158 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7159 files.
7160
7161 \(fn)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7165
7166 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7167 The EPS file name has the following form:
7168
7169 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7170
7171 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7172 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7173
7174 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7175 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7176 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7177 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7178 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7179
7180 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7181 files.
7182
7183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7184
7185 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7186
7187 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7188 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7189
7190 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7191
7192 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7193 are processed.
7194
7195 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7196
7197 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7200 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7201
7202 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7203 killed after syntax checking.
7204
7205 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7206
7207 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7208
7209 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7210 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7211
7212 \(fn)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7216
7217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7218
7219 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7220 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7221
7222 \(fn)" nil nil)
7223
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7226
7227 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7228
7229 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7232 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7233
7234 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7235
7236 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Delete style NAME.
7240
7241 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7242
7243 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7244
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7247
7248 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7249
7250 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Set STYLE as the current style.
7254
7255 Returns the old style symbol.
7256
7257 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7258
7259 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Reset current style.
7263
7264 Returns the old style symbol.
7265
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7267
7268 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7269
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7272
7273 Returns the old style symbol.
7274
7275 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7276
7277 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7278
7279 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7283
7284 Returns the old style symbol.
7285
7286 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7287
7288 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7289
7290 \(fn)" t nil)
7291
7292 ;;;***
7293 \f
7294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7295 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7299 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7300 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7301 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7302 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7303 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7304
7305 Tree mode key bindings:
7306 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7307
7308 \(fn)" t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7311 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7312
7313 \(fn)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7316 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7317
7318 \(fn)" t nil)
7319
7320 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7321 View declaration of member at point.
7322
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7326 Find declaration of member at point.
7327
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7329
7330 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7331 View definition of member at point.
7332
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7334
7335 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7336 Find definition of member at point.
7337
7338 \(fn)" t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7341 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7342
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7346 View definition of member at point in other window.
7347
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7351 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7352
7353 \(fn)" t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7356 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7357
7358 \(fn)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7361 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7362
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7366 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7367
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7371 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7372 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7373 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7374 completion.
7375
7376 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7379 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7380 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7381 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7382
7383 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7386 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7387 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7388 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7389
7390 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7393 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7394 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7395
7396 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7399 Search for call sites of a member.
7400 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7401 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7402 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7403 looks like a function call to the member.
7404
7405 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7408 Move backward in the position stack.
7409 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7410
7411 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7412
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7414 Move forward in the position stack.
7415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7416
7417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7420 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7421
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7425 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7426
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7430 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7431 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7432 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7433
7434 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7435
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7437 Display statistics for a class tree.
7438
7439 \(fn)" t nil)
7440
7441 ;;;***
7442 \f
7443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7444 ;;;;;; 0))
7445 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7446
7447 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7448 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7449 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7450 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7451 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7452 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7453 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7454
7455 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7456
7457 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7458 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7459 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7460 also has this effect.
7461 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7462 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7463 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7464 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7465 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7467 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7468 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7469 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7470 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7471
7472 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7473
7474 ;;;***
7475 \f
7476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7477 ;;;;;; 0))
7478 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7479
7480 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7481 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7482 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7483
7484 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7485
7486 ;;;***
7487 \f
7488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7489 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7491
7492 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7493
7494
7495 \(fn)" nil nil)
7496
7497 ;;;***
7498 \f
7499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21302 40357 421344 0))
7500 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7501 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7502
7503 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7504 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7505 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7508 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7509
7510 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7513 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7517
7518 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7519 an EDE controlled project.
7520
7521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7522
7523 ;;;***
7524 \f
7525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7526 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7528 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7529
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21261 4402
7533 ;;;;;; 232258 508000))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7535
7536 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7537 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7538 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7539 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7540 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7541
7542 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7543 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7544 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7545 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7546
7547 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7548
7549 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7550 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7551 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7552 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7553
7554 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7555
7556 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7557 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7558 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7559 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7560
7561 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7562
7563 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7564
7565 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7566 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7567 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7568 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7569 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7570
7571 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7572 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7573 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7574 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7575 instrumented for Edebug.
7576
7577 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7578 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7579 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7580 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7581 already is one.)
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7586 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7587
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7589
7590 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7591 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7592
7593 \(fn)" t nil)
7594
7595 ;;;***
7596 \f
7597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7599 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7600
7601 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7602 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7603
7604 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7605
7606 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7607 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7608
7609 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7610
7611 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7612
7613 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7614
7615 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7616 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7617 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7618 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7619
7620 \(fn)" t nil)
7621
7622 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7623 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7624 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7625 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7626
7627 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7628
7629 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7630 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7631
7632 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7633
7634 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7635
7636 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7637 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7638
7639 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7640
7641 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7642
7643 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7644 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7645 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7646 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7647
7648 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7649
7650 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7651
7652 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7653 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7654 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7655 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7656
7657 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7658
7659 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7660
7661 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7662 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7663 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7664 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7665
7666 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7667
7668 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7669
7670 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7672 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7673 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7674
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7676
7677 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7678
7679 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7680 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7681 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7682 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7683 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7684 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7685
7686 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7689 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7690 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7691 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7692
7693 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7694
7695 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7699 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7700 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7701
7702 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7703
7704 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7705
7706 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7707
7708 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7709 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7710 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7711 follows:
7712 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7713 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7714
7715 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7716
7717 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7718 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7719 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7720 follows:
7721 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7722 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7723
7724 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7725
7726 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7727 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7728 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7729 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7730 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7731
7732 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7733
7734 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7735 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7736 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7737 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7738 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7739 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7740
7741 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7742
7743 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7744
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7746 Merge two files without ancestor.
7747
7748 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7749
7750 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7751 Merge two files with ancestor.
7752
7753 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7754
7755 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7756
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7758 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7759
7760 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7761
7762 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7763 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7764
7765 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7766
7767 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7769 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7770 buffer.
7771
7772 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7776 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7777 buffer.
7778
7779 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7782 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7783 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7784 and don't ask the user.
7785 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7786 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7787
7788 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7789
7790 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7791 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7792 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7793 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7794 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7795 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7796 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7797 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7798
7799 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7800
7801 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7802
7803 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7804
7805 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7807 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7808 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7809 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7810
7811 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7812
7813 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7814
7815 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7816 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7817 When called interactively, displays the version.
7818
7819 \(fn)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7822 Display Ediff's manual.
7823 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7824
7825 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7843
7844
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7848
7849
7850 \(fn)" nil nil)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7853
7854
7855 \(fn)" nil nil)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7858
7859
7860 \(fn)" nil nil)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7863
7864
7865 \(fn)" nil nil)
7866
7867 ;;;***
7868 \f
7869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7870 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7874
7875
7876 \(fn)" t nil)
7877
7878 ;;;***
7879 \f
7880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21187 63826
7881 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7885 Display Ediff's registry.
7886
7887 \(fn)" t nil)
7888
7889 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7890
7891 ;;;***
7892 \f
7893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21187 63826
7894 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7895 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7896
7897 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7898 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7899 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7900 which see.
7901
7902 \(fn)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7905 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7906 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7907 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7908
7909 \(fn)" t nil)
7910
7911 ;;;***
7912 \f
7913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7914 ;;;;;; 0))
7915 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7916 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7917
7918 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7919 Edit a keyboard macro.
7920 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7921 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7922 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7923 its command name.
7924 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7925
7926 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7929 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7930
7931 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7932
7933 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7934 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7935
7936 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7939 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7940 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7941 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7942 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7943 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7944
7945 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7946 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7947 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7948 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7949
7950 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7951
7952 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7953 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7954 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7955 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7956 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7957 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7958
7959 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7960
7961 ;;;***
7962 \f
7963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21260 31670 94248
7964 ;;;;;; 0))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7966
7967 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7968 Set scroll margins.
7969 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7970 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7971
7972 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7973
7974 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7975 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7976
7977 \(fn)" t nil)
7978
7979 ;;;***
7980 \f
7981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7983
7984 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7985 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7986 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7987 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7988 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7989 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7990 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7991
7992 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7993 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7994
7995 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7996 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7997 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7998 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7999
8000 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8001 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8002 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8003
8004 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8005 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8006 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8007
8008 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8009
8010 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8011
8012
8013 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8014
8015 ;;;***
8016 \f
8017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21280 51108
8018 ;;;;;; 920078 0))
8019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8020 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8021
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
8025 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8027 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8028
8029 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8030 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8031 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8032 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8033 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8034 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8035 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8036
8037 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8038
8039 ;;;***
8040 \f
8041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21305 16557
8042 ;;;;;; 836987 0))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8044
8045 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8046 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8047
8048 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8049
8050 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8051 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8052 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8053 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8054 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8055
8056 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8057 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8058 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8059 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8060 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8061 expression point is on.
8062
8063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8064
8065 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8066
8067 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function #'eldoc-documentation-function-default "\
8068 Function to call to return doc string.
8069 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8070 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8071 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8072 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8073 arg list.
8074
8075 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8076 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8077 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8078 effect.
8079
8080 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8081 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8082
8083 ;;;***
8084 \f
8085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21257 55477 969423
8086 ;;;;;; 0))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8088
8089 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8090 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8091
8092 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8093 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8094 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8095
8096 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8097
8098 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8099 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8100 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8103 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8104
8105 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8106
8107 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8108 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8110 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8111 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8112
8113 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8114 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8115 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8116
8117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8118
8119 ;;;***
8120 \f
8121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8122 ;;;;;; 0))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8124
8125 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8126 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8127
8128 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8129 an elided material again.
8130
8131 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8132
8133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8134
8135 ;;;***
8136 \f
8137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8138 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8140
8141 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8142 Lint the file FILE.
8143
8144 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8147 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8148 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8149
8150 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8153 Lint the current buffer.
8154 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8155
8156 \(fn)" t nil)
8157
8158 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8159 Lint the function at point.
8160 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8165 Initialize elint.
8166 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8167 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8168
8169 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8170
8171 ;;;***
8172 \f
8173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8174 ;;;;;; 0))
8175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8176
8177 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8178 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8179 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8180
8181 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8184 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8185 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8186 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8187
8188 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8191 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8192 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8193
8194 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8195
8196 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8199 Display current profiling results.
8200 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8201 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8202 displayed.
8203
8204 \(fn)" t nil)
8205
8206 ;;;***
8207 \f
8208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8209 ;;;;;; 0))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8211
8212 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8213 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8214 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8215 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8216 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8217 ARG is omitted or nil.
8218
8219 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8220 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8221 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8222 used instead.
8223
8224 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8225
8226 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8227 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8228 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8229
8230 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8231
8232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8233
8234 ;;;***
8235 \f
8236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8237 ;;;;;; 615000))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8239
8240 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8241 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8242 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8243
8244 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8245
8246 ;;;***
8247 \f
8248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21231 31415 579137
8249 ;;;;;; 0))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8251
8252 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8253 Run Emerge on two files.
8254
8255 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8258 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8259
8260 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8261
8262 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8263 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8264
8265 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8268 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8269
8270 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8273
8274
8275 \(fn)" nil nil)
8276
8277 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8278
8279
8280 \(fn)" nil nil)
8281
8282 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8283
8284
8285 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8288
8289
8290 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8291
8292 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8293 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8294
8295 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8298 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8299
8300 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8301
8302 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8303
8304
8305 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8306
8307 ;;;***
8308 \f
8309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8310 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8312
8313 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8314 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8315 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8316 text/enriched format.
8317
8318 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8319 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8320 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8321
8322 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8323
8324 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8325 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8326
8327 Commands:
8328
8329 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8330
8331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8334
8335
8336 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8337
8338 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8339
8340
8341 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8342
8343 ;;;***
8344 \f
8345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8346 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8347
8348 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8349 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8350
8351 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8352
8353 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8354 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8355
8356 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8357
8358 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8359 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8360 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8361 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8362 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8363 the keys are listed.
8364 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8365
8366 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8369 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8370 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8371
8372 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8375 Verify FILE.
8376
8377 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8380 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8381
8382 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8385 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8386
8387 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8390 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8391
8392 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8393 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8394 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8395 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8396
8397 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8398 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8399 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8400 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8401 should consider using the string based counterpart
8402 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8403 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8404
8405 For example:
8406
8407 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8408 (decode-coding-string
8409 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8410 'utf-8))
8411
8412 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8415 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8416
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8419
8420 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8421
8422 (put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8423
8424 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8425 Verify the current region between START and END.
8426
8427 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8428 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8429 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8430 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8431 should consider using the string based counterpart
8432 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8433 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8434
8435 For example:
8436
8437 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8438 (decode-coding-string
8439 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8440 'utf-8))
8441
8442 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8443
8444 (put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8445
8446 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8447 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8448 between START and END.
8449
8450 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8451 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8452
8453 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8454
8455 (put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8456
8457 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8458 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8459
8460 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8461 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8462 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8463 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8464 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8465 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8466
8467 For example:
8468
8469 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8470 (epg-sign-string
8471 context
8472 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8473
8474 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8475
8476 (put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8477
8478 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8479 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8480
8481 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8482 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8483 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8484 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8485 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8486 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8487
8488 For example:
8489
8490 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8491 (epg-encrypt-string
8492 context
8493 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8494 nil))
8495
8496 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8497
8498 (put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8499
8500 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8501 Delete selected KEYS.
8502
8503 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8506 Import keys from FILE.
8507
8508 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8511 Import keys from the region.
8512
8513 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8516 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8517 between START and END.
8518
8519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8520
8521 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8522 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8523
8524 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8527 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8528
8529 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8530
8531 ;;;***
8532 \f
8533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8534 ;;;;;; 0))
8535 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8536
8537 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8538 Decrypt marked files.
8539
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8543 Verify marked files.
8544
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8546
8547 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8548 Sign marked files.
8549
8550 \(fn)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8553 Encrypt marked files.
8554
8555 \(fn)" t nil)
8556
8557 ;;;***
8558 \f
8559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8560 ;;;;;; 0))
8561 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8564
8565
8566 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8569
8570
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8574
8575
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8577
8578 ;;;***
8579 \f
8580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8581 ;;;;;; 0))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8585 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8587 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8588 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8589
8590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8593 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8594 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8595
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8597
8598 (put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8601 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8602 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8603
8604 \(fn)" t nil)
8605
8606 (put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8609 Sign the current buffer.
8610 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8611
8612 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8613
8614 (put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8615
8616 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8617 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8618 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8619 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8620 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8621 and also whether and how to sign.
8622
8623 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8624 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8625 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8626
8627 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8628
8629 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8630
8631 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8632 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8633 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8634
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8636
8637 (put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8638
8639 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8640 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8641 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8642 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8643 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8644 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8645
8646 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8647
8648 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8649 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8650 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8651 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8652 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8653
8654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8655
8656 ;;;***
8657 \f
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21194 37048 599945 0))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8660 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8661
8662 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8663 Return a context object.
8664
8665 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8666
8667 ;;;***
8668 \f
8669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8670 ;;;;;; 0))
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8672
8673 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8674 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8675
8676 \(fn)" nil nil)
8677
8678 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8679 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8680
8681 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8682
8683 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8684 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8685
8686 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8692 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8693
8694 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8695 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8696
8697 \(fn)" nil nil)
8698
8699 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8700 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8701 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8702
8703 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8704
8705 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8706 (server (erc-compute-server))
8707 (port (erc-compute-port))
8708 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8709 password
8710 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8711
8712 That is, if called with
8713
8714 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8715
8716 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8717 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8718 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8719
8720 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8721
8722 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8723
8724 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8725 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8726 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8727
8728 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8731 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8732 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8733 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8734
8735 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8736
8737 ;;;***
8738 \f
8739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8740 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8742 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8743
8744 ;;;***
8745 \f
8746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8747 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8749 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8750
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8754 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8757
8758 ;;;***
8759 \f
8760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8761 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8763 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8764
8765 ;;;***
8766 \f
8767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8768 ;;;;;; 0))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8770 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8771
8772 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8773 Parser for /dcc command.
8774 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8775 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8776 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8777
8778 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8779
8780 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8781 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8782
8783 \(fn)" nil nil)
8784
8785 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8786 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8787
8788 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8789 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8790 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8791 that subcommand.
8792
8793 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8800 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8801
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8805 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8809 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8810
8811 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8812
8813 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8814 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8815 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8816 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8817
8818 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8819
8820 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8821
8822
8823 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8824
8825 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8826 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8827
8828 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8829
8830 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8831 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8832
8833 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8834
8835 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8836 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8837
8838 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8839
8840 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8841 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8842
8843 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8844
8845 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8846 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8847
8848 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8849
8850 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8851 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8852
8853 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8856 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8857
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8861 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8862
8863 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864
8865 ;;;***
8866 \f
8867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8868 ;;;;;; 0))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8870 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8871
8872 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8873 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8874 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8875
8876 \(fn)" nil nil)
8877
8878 ;;;***
8879 \f
8880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8881 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8884
8885 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8886 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8887 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8888 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8889 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8890 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8891 system.
8892
8893 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8894
8895 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8896
8897
8898 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8903 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8905
8906 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8907
8908
8909 \(fn)" nil nil)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8914 ;;;;;; 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8917
8918 ;;;***
8919 \f
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (21240 46395 727291
8921 ;;;;;; 0))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
8923 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8924
8925 ;;;***
8926 \f
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21240 46395 727291
8928 ;;;;;; 0))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8930 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8931 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8932
8933 ;;;***
8934 \f
8935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8936 ;;;;;; 0))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8938 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8939
8940 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8941 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8942 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8943 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8944 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8945 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8946
8947 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8950 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8951 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8952 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8953
8954 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8955 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8956 automatically.
8957
8958 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8959 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8960
8961 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8962
8963 ;;;***
8964 \f
8965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8966 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8967 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8968 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8971 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8972
8973 \(fn)" t nil)
8974
8975 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8976 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8977
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8979
8980 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8981 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8982
8983 \(fn)" t nil)
8984
8985 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8986 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8987
8988 \(fn)" t nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8991 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8992
8993 \(fn)" t nil)
8994
8995 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8996 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8997
8998 \(fn)" t nil)
8999
9000 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9001 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9002
9003 \(fn)" t nil)
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9006 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9007
9008 \(fn)" t nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
9013 ;;;;;; 0))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9016
9017 ;;;***
9018 \f
9019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
9020 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9022 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9023
9024 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9025 Show who's gone.
9026
9027 \(fn)" nil nil)
9028
9029 ;;;***
9030 \f
9031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
9032 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9034
9035 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9036 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9037 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9038 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9039
9040 \(fn)" nil nil)
9041
9042 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9043 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9044
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9050 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9055 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9056 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9057 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9058
9059 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9060
9061 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9062
9063
9064 \(fn)" nil nil)
9065
9066 ;;;***
9067 \f
9068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9069 ;;;;;; 0))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9071 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9072
9073 ;;;***
9074 \f
9075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9076 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9078 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9079
9080 ;;;***
9081 \f
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9083 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9086
9087 ;;;***
9088 \f
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9090 ;;;;;; 0))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9092 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9093
9094 ;;;***
9095 \f
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9097 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9100
9101 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9102 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9103
9104 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9105
9106 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9107 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9108 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9109
9110 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9111
9112 ;;;***
9113 \f
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9115 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9122 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9124
9125 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9126 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9127 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9128
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9130
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9134 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9137
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21240 46395
9141 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9143 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9144
9145 ;;;***
9146 \f
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9148 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9150
9151 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9152 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9153 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9154
9155 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9156
9157 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9158 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9159 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9160 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9161 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9162
9163 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9164 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9165 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9166 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9167
9168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9169 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9174 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9177
9178 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9179 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9180 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9181 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9182
9183 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9186 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9187 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9188
9189 \(fn)" t nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9194 ;;;;;; 0))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9197
9198 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9199 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9200
9201 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21261 52533 628241
9206 ;;;;;; 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9208
9209 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9210 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9211
9212 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9213 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9214
9215 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9216 useful for assertions in BODY.
9217
9218 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9219
9220 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9221 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9222 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9223
9224 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9225
9226 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9227
9228 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9229
9230 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9231 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9232
9233 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9234 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9235 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9236 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9237
9238 Returns the stats object.
9239
9240 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9241
9242 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9243 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9244
9245 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9246 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9247 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9248 the tests).
9249
9250 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9251
9252 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9253 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9254
9255 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9256 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9257 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9258 and how to display message.
9259
9260 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9261
9262 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9263
9264 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9265 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9266
9267 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9268
9269 ;;;***
9270 \f
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9272 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9274
9275 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9276
9277 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9278 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9279
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9281
9282 ;;;***
9283 \f
9284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9285 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9287
9288 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9289 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9290
9291 \(fn)" t nil)
9292
9293 ;;;***
9294 \f
9295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21187 63826 213216
9296 ;;;;;; 0))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9298 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9299
9300 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9301 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9302 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9303 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9304 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9305 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9306 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9307 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9308 buffer selected (or created).
9309
9310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9313 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9314 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9315
9316 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9317
9318 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9319 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9320 The result might be any Lisp object.
9321 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9322 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9323 corresponding to a successful execution.
9324
9325 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9326
9327 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9328
9329 ;;;***
9330 \f
9331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9332 ;;;;;; 0))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9334
9335 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9336 File name of tags table.
9337 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9338 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9339 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9340 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9341 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9342
9343 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9344 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9345 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9346 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9347
9348 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9349
9350 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9351 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9352 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9353 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9354 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9355 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9356
9357 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9358
9359 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9360 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9361 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9362
9363 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9364
9365 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9366 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9367 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9368 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9369 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9370
9371 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9372
9373 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9374 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9375 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9376 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9377
9378 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9379
9380 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9381 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9382 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9383 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9384 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9385
9386 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9387
9388 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9389 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9390
9391 \(fn)" t nil)
9392
9393 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9394 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9395 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9396 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9397
9398 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9399 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9400 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9401 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9402 file the tag was in.
9403
9404 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9405
9406 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9407 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9408 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9409 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9410 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9411 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9412 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9413 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9414 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9415
9416 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9417
9418 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9419 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9420 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9421 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9422 without directory names.
9423
9424 \(fn)" nil nil)
9425 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9426 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9427 (progn
9428 (load "etags")
9429 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9430
9431 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9432 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9433 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9434 but does not select the buffer.
9435 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9436
9437 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9438 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9439 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9440 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9441 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9442
9443 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9444
9445 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9446 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9447 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9448
9449 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9450
9451 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9452
9453 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9454 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9455 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9456 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9457
9458 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9459 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9460 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9461 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9462 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9463
9464 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9465
9466 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9467 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9468 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9469
9470 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9471
9472 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9473 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9474
9475 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9476 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9477 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9478 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9479 around or before point.
9480
9481 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9482 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9483 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9484 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9485 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9486
9487 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9488
9489 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9490 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9491 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9492
9493 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9494
9495 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9496 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9497
9498 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9499 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9500 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9501 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9502 around or before point.
9503
9504 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9505 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9506 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9507 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9508 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9509
9510 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9511
9512 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9513 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9514 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9515
9516 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9517
9518 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9519 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9520
9521 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9522 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9523 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9524
9525 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9526 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9527 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9528 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9529 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9530
9531 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9532
9533 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9534 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9535 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9536
9537 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9538
9539 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9540 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9541 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9542
9543 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9544 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9545
9546 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9547 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9548 where they were found.
9549
9550 \(fn)" t nil)
9551
9552 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9553 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9554
9555 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9556 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9557 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9558
9559 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9560 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9561
9562 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9563 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9564
9565 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9568 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9569 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9570 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9571
9572 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9573 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9574 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9575 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9576 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9579 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9580
9581 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9582 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9583 Stops when a match is found.
9584 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9585
9586 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9587 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9588 restricted to these files.
9589
9590 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9591
9592 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9593
9594 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9595 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9596 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9597 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9598 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9599 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9600 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9601 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9602
9603 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9604 produce the list of files to search.
9605
9606 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9607
9608 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9609
9610 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9611 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9612 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9613 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9614 directory specification.
9615
9616 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9619 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9620
9621 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9622
9623 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9624 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9625 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9626 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9627
9628 \(fn)" t nil)
9629
9630 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9631 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9632 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9633 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9634 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9635
9636 \(fn)" t nil)
9637
9638 ;;;***
9639 \f
9640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9641 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9642 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9643
9644 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9645
9646
9647 \(fn)" nil nil)
9648
9649 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9650 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9651
9652 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9653 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9654
9655 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9656 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9657 primary language.
9658
9659 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9660 even if the buffer is read-only.
9661
9662 See also the descriptions of the variables
9663 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9664
9665 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9668 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9669
9670 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9671 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9672
9673 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9674 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9675 primary language.
9676
9677 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9678 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9679
9680 See also the descriptions of the variables
9681 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9682
9683 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9686 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9687 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9688 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9689
9690 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9693 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9694 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9695 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9696
9697 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9698 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9699 primary language.
9700
9701 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9702 buffer is read-only.
9703
9704 See also the descriptions of the variables
9705 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9706 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9707
9708 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9709
9710 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9711 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9712
9713 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9714 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9715
9716 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9717 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9718 the primary language.
9719
9720 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9721 buffer is read-only.
9722
9723 See also the descriptions of the variables
9724 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9725 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9726
9727 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9731 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9732
9733 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9734
9735 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9736 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9737
9738 \(fn)" t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9741 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9742
9743 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9744 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9745 be 1, 2, or 3.
9746
9747 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9748 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9749 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9750
9751 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9752
9753 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9756 This function is deprecated.
9757
9758 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9761 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9762
9763 \(fn)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9766 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9767
9768 \(fn)" t nil)
9769
9770 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9771 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9772
9773 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9774 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9775
9776 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9777 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9778
9779 \(fn)" nil nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9782 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9783
9784 \(fn)" nil nil)
9785
9786 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9787 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9788
9789 \(fn)" nil nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9792 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9793
9794 \(fn)" nil nil)
9795
9796 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9797 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9798 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9799
9800 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9803
9804
9805 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9806
9807 ;;;***
9808 \f
9809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9811
9812 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9813 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9814 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9815 server for future sessions.
9816
9817 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9818
9819 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9820 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9821 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9822
9823 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9824
9825 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9826 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9827 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9828
9829 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9832 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9833 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9834 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9835 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9836 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9837 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9838 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9839 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9840 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9841 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9842 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9843
9844 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9845
9846 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9847 Display a form to query the directory server.
9848 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9849 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9850
9851 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9854 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9855 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9856
9857 \(fn)" t nil)
9858
9859 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9860
9861 ;;;***
9862 \f
9863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9864 ;;;;;; 0))
9865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9866
9867 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9868 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9869
9870 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9871
9872 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9873 Display URL and make it clickable.
9874
9875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9876
9877 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9878 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9879
9880 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9881
9882 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9883 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9884
9885 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9886
9887 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9888 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9889
9890 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9891
9892 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9893 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9894
9895 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9896
9897 ;;;***
9898 \f
9899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9900 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9902
9903 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9904 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9905 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9906
9907 \(fn)" t nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9910 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9911
9912 \(fn)" t nil)
9913
9914 ;;;***
9915 \f
9916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9917 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9919
9920 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9921 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9922
9923 \(fn)" t nil)
9924
9925 ;;;***
9926 \f
9927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9928 ;;;;;; 0))
9929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9930
9931 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9932 Create an empty ewoc.
9933
9934 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9935
9936 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9937 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9938 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9939 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9940 `insert-before-markers'.
9941
9942 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9943 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9944 respectively, of the ewoc.
9945
9946 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9947 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9948 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9949
9950 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9951
9952 ;;;***
9953 \f
9954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21271 29460 497806 0))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9956
9957 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9958 Fetch URL and render the page.
9959 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9960 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9961
9962 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9963 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9964
9965 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9966 Render a file using EWW.
9967
9968 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9971
9972
9973 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9974
9975 ;;;***
9976 \f
9977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9978 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9980
9981 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9982 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9983 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9984
9985 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9988 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9989 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9990 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9991 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9992
9993 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9996 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9997 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9998 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9999 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10000 executable.
10001
10002 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10003
10004 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10005 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10006 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10007
10008 \(fn)" t nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10011 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10012 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10013 file modes.
10014
10015 \(fn)" nil nil)
10016
10017 ;;;***
10018 \f
10019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10021
10022 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10023 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10024 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10025 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10026
10027 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10028
10029 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10030 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10031 to generate such functions.
10032
10033 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10034 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10035 beginning of the expanded text.
10036
10037 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10038 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10039 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10040 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10041
10042 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10043
10044 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10045
10046 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10047 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10048 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10049
10050 \(fn)" nil nil)
10051
10052 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10053 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10054 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10055
10056 \(fn)" t nil)
10057
10058 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10059 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10060 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10061
10062 \(fn)" t nil)
10063 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10064 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10065
10066 ;;;***
10067 \f
10068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21187 63826 213216
10069 ;;;;;; 0))
10070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10071
10072 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10073 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10074 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10075
10076 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10077 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10078 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10079
10080 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10081
10082 Key definitions:
10083 \\{f90-mode-map}
10084
10085 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10086
10087 `f90-do-indent'
10088 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10089 `f90-if-indent'
10090 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10091 `f90-type-indent'
10092 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10093 `f90-program-indent'
10094 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10095 (default 2).
10096 `f90-associate-indent'
10097 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10098 `f90-critical-indent'
10099 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10100 `f90-continuation-indent'
10101 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10102 `f90-comment-region'
10103 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10104 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10105 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10106 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10107 (default \"!\").
10108 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10109 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10110 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10111 `f90-break-delimiters'
10112 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10113 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10114 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10115 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10116 (default t).
10117 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10118 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10119 `f90-smart-end'
10120 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10121 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10122 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10123 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10124 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10125 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10126 `f90-leave-line-no'
10127 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10128
10129 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10130 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10131
10132 \(fn)" t nil)
10133
10134 ;;;***
10135 \f
10136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10137 ;;;;;; 0))
10138 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10139
10140 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10141 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10142 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10143 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10144
10145 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10146 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10147 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10148 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10149 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10150
10151 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10152 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10153 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10154 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10155 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10156 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10157 attributes.
10158
10159 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10160 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10161
10162 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10163
10164 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10165 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10166 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10167 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10168
10169 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10170
10171 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10172 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10173 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10174 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10175
10176 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10177 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10178 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10179
10180 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10181 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10182 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10183 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10184
10185 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10186
10187 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10188 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10189 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10190
10191 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10192 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10193 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10194 the same amount).
10195
10196 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10197
10198 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10199 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10200 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10201
10202 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10203 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10204 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10205 will remove any scaling currently active.
10206
10207 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10208
10209 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10210 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10211 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10212
10213 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10214 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10215 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10216 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10217 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10218
10219 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10220 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10221
10222 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10223
10224 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10225 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10226
10227 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10228 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10229 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10230
10231 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10232 the face height as long as the input event read
10233 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10234
10235 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10236 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10237 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10238 will remove any scaling currently active.
10239
10240 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10241 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10242 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10243 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10244 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10245
10246 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10247
10248 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10249 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10251 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10252 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10253 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10254
10255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10256
10257 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10258 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10259 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10260 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10261 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10262 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10263 `buffer-face-mode'.
10264
10265 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10266 local, and sets it to FACE.
10267
10268 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10269
10270 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10271 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10272 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10273 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10274 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10275 `face' text property.
10276
10277 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10278 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10279 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10280 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10281
10282 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10283 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10284
10285 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10286
10287 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10288 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10289 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10290 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10291
10292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10293
10294 ;;;***
10295 \f
10296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10297 ;;;;;; 0))
10298 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10299 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10300
10301 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10302 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10303 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10304 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10305
10306 \(fn)" nil nil)
10307
10308 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10309 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10310
10311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10312
10313 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10314 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10315 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10316 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10317
10318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10319
10320 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10321 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10322 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10323 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10324 backup file names and the like).
10325
10326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10327
10328 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10329 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10330 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10331 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10332 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10333 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10334 internally by feedmail):
10335
10336 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10337 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10338 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10339 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10340
10341 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10342 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10343 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10344 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10345 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10346
10347 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10348
10349 ;;;***
10350 \f
10351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21293 25385 120083 0))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10353
10354 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10355 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10356 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10357 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10358 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10359 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10360 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10361
10362 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10365 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10366 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10367 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10368 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10369 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10370 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10371
10372 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10373
10374 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10375
10376 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10377 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10378 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10379 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10380 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10381 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10382
10383 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10386 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10387 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10388 Return value:
10389 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10390 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10391 * otherwise, nil
10392
10393 \(fn E)" t nil)
10394
10395 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10396 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10397 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10398
10399 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10400
10401 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10402 Try to get a file name at point.
10403 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10404
10405 \(fn)" nil nil)
10406
10407 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10408 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10409
10410 \(fn)" t nil)
10411
10412 ;;;***
10413 \f
10414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10415 ;;;;;; 0))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10417
10418 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10419 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10420 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10421 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10422
10423 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10426 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10427 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10428 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10429 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10430 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10431
10432 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10433
10434 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10435 Add FILE to the file cache.
10436
10437 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10438
10439 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10440 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10441 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10442
10443 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10444
10445 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10446 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10447 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10448
10449 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10452 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10453 This function does not use any external programs.
10454 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10455 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10456 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10457
10458 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10459
10460 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10461 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10462 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10463 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10464 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10465 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10466 \(directories) is done.
10467
10468 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10469
10470 ;;;***
10471 \f
10472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10473 ;;;;;; 0))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10475
10476 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10477 Handle file system monitoring event.
10478 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10479 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10480
10481 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10482
10483 ;;;***
10484 \f
10485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10486 ;;;;;; 0))
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10488
10489 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10490 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10491
10492 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10493 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10494 Local Variables list.
10495
10496 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10497 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10498 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10499
10500 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10501
10502 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10503 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10504
10505 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10508 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10509
10510 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10511 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10512 the -*- line.
10513
10514 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10515 then this function adds it.
10516
10517 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10518
10519 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10520 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10521
10522 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10525 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10526
10527 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10528
10529 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10530 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10531
10532 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10533
10534 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10535 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10536
10537 \(fn)" t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10540 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10541
10542 \(fn)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10545 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10546
10547 \(fn)" t nil)
10548
10549 ;;;***
10550 \f
10551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10552 ;;;;;; 0))
10553 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10554
10555 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10556 Filesets initialization.
10557 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10558
10559 \(fn)" nil nil)
10560
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10564 ;;;;;; 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10566 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10567
10568 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10569 Initiate the building of a find command.
10570 For example:
10571
10572 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10573 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10574 (mtime \"+1\"))
10575 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10576
10577 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10578 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10579
10580 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10581
10582 ;;;***
10583 \f
10584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10585 ;;;;;; 0))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10587
10588 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10589 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10590 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10591
10592 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10593
10594 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10595 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10596
10597 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10600 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10601 and run Dired on those files.
10602 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10603 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10604
10605 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10606
10607 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10608
10609 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10612 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10613 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10614
10615 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10616 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10617
10618 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10619 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10620
10621 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10622
10623 ;;;***
10624 \f
10625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10626 ;;;;;; 0))
10627 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10628
10629 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10630 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10631 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10632 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10633 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10634 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10635 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10636
10637 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10638
10639 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10640 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10641 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10642
10643 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10644
10645 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10646
10647 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10648
10649 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10650 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10651 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10652
10653 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10654 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10655
10656 Variables of interest include:
10657
10658 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10659 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10660 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10661
10662 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10663 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10664 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10665
10666 - `ff-ignore-include'
10667 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10668
10669 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10670 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10671
10672 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10673 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10674
10675 - `ff-special-constructs'
10676 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10677 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10678 extracting the filename from that construct.
10679
10680 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10681 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10682
10683 - `ff-search-directories'
10684 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10685 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10686
10687 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10688 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10689
10690 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10691 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10692
10693 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10694 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10695
10696 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10697 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10698
10699 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10700 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10701
10702 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10703
10704 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10705 Visit the file you click on.
10706
10707 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10710 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10711
10712 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10713
10714 ;;;***
10715 \f
10716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21230
10717 ;;;;;; 10550 983182 0))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10719
10720 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10721 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10722 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10723
10724 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10725
10726 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10727 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10728 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10729 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10730
10731 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10732 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10733 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10734 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10735
10736 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10737
10738 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10739 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10740
10741 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10742 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10743 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10744 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10745
10746 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10747 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10748 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10749
10750 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10751 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10752 in `load-path'.
10753
10754 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10755
10756 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10757 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10758
10759 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10760 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10761 places point before the definition.
10762 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10763
10764 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10765 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10766 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10767
10768 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10769
10770 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10771 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10772
10773 See `find-function' for more details.
10774
10775 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10776
10777 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10778 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10779
10780 See `find-function' for more details.
10781
10782 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10783
10784 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10785 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10786
10787 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10788 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10789 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10790
10791 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10792 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10793
10794 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10795
10796 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10797 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10798
10799 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10800 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10801 places point before the definition.
10802
10803 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10804
10805 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10806 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10807 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10808
10809 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10810
10811 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10812 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10813
10814 See `find-variable' for more details.
10815
10816 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10819 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10820
10821 See `find-variable' for more details.
10822
10823 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10826 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10827 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10828 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10829 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10830 buffer nor display it.
10831
10832 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10833 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10834
10835 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10836
10837 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10838 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10839
10840 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10841 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10842 places point before the definition.
10843
10844 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10845
10846 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10847 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10848 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10849
10850 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10853 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10854 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10855
10856 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10857
10858 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10859 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10860
10861 \(fn)" t nil)
10862
10863 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10864 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10865
10866 \(fn)" t nil)
10867
10868 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10869 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10870
10871 \(fn)" nil nil)
10872
10873 ;;;***
10874 \f
10875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10876 ;;;;;; 0))
10877 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10878
10879 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10880 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10881
10882 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10883
10884 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10885 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10886
10887 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10890 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10891
10892 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21283 26898 123687 848000))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10898 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10899
10900 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10901 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10902
10903 \(fn)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10906 Display FILE's commentary section.
10907 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10908
10909 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10912 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10913
10914 \(fn)" t nil)
10915
10916 ;;;***
10917 \f
10918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10919 ;;;;;; 0))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10921
10922 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10923 Toggle flow control handling.
10924 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10925 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10926
10927 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10928
10929 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10930 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10931 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10932 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10933 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10934 to get the effect of a C-q.
10935
10936 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10937
10938 ;;;***
10939 \f
10940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10941 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10943
10944 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10945
10946
10947 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10948
10949 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10950
10951
10952 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10953
10954 ;;;***
10955 \f
10956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10957 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10959 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10960
10961 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10962 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10965 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10966 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10967
10968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10969
10970 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10971 Turn flymake mode on.
10972
10973 \(fn)" nil nil)
10974
10975 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10976 Turn flymake mode off.
10977
10978 \(fn)" nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10981
10982
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10988 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10990
10991 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10992 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10993
10994 \(fn)" t nil)
10995 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10996
10997 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10998 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11000 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11001 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11002
11003 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11004 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11005 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11006
11007 Bindings:
11008 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11009 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11010 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11011 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11012
11013 Hooks:
11014 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11015
11016 Remark:
11017 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11018 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11019 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11020
11021 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11022 consider adding:
11023 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11024 in your init file.
11025
11026 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11027 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11028
11029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11030
11031 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11032 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11033
11034 \(fn)" nil nil)
11035
11036 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11037 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11038
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040
11041 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11042 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11043
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045
11046 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11047 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11048
11049 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11050
11051 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11052 Flyspell whole buffer.
11053
11054 \(fn)" t nil)
11055
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11059 ;;;;;; 0))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11061 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11062
11063 ;;;***
11064 \f
11065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11067
11068 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11069 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11070
11071 \(fn)" nil nil)
11072
11073 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11074 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11075
11076 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077
11078 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11079 Toggle Follow mode.
11080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11081 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11082 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11083
11084 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11085 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11086
11087 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11088 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11089 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11090
11091 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11092 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11093 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11094 movement commands.
11095
11096 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11097 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11098 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11099 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11100 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11101 mileage may vary).
11102
11103 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11104 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11105
11106 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11107
11108 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11109
11110 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11111 \\{follow-mode-map}
11112
11113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11114
11115 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11116 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11117
11118 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11119 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11120 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11121 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11122 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11123 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11124
11125 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11126 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11127 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11128
11129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11130
11131 ;;;***
11132 \f
11133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11134 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11136 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11137
11138 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11139 Toggle Footnote mode.
11140 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11141 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11142 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11143
11144 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11145 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11146 play around with the following keys:
11147 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11148
11149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11150
11151 ;;;***
11152 \f
11153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11155
11156 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11157 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11158
11159 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11160 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11161 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11162 C-c < forms-first-record <
11163 C-c > forms-last-record >
11164 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11165 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11166 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11167 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11168 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11169 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11170 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11171 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11172 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11173 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11174
11175 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11176
11177 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11178 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11179
11180 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11183 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11184
11185 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11186
11187 ;;;***
11188 \f
11189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11190 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11192
11193 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11194 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11195 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11196
11197 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11198 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11199
11200 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11201
11202 Key definitions:
11203 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11204
11205 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11206
11207 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11208 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11209 `fortran-do-indent'
11210 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11211 `fortran-if-indent'
11212 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11213 `fortran-structure-indent'
11214 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11215 (default 3)
11216 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11217 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11218 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11219 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11220 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11221 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11222 nil don't change the indentation
11223 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11224 value of either
11225 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11226 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11227 depending on the continuation format in use.
11228 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11229 indentation for a line of code.
11230 (default 'fixed)
11231 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11232 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11233 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11234 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11235 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11236 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11237 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11238 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11239 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11240 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11241 column 5.
11242 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11243 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11244 statements (default nil).
11245 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11246 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11247 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11248 `fortran-continuation-string'
11249 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11250 line (default \"$\").
11251 `fortran-comment-region'
11252 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11253 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11254 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11255 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11256 as typed (default t).
11257 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11258 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11259
11260 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11261 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11262
11263 \(fn)" t nil)
11264
11265 ;;;***
11266 \f
11267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11268 ;;;;;; 0))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11270
11271 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11272 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11273
11274 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11275 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11276
11277 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11280 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11281
11282 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11283 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11284
11285 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11286
11287 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11288 Compile fortune file.
11289
11290 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11291 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11292
11293 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11294
11295 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11296 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11297
11298 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11299 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11300 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11301 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11302
11303 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11304
11305 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11306 Display a fortune cookie.
11307 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11308 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11309 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11310 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11311
11312 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11313
11314 ;;;***
11315 \f
11316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11317 ;;;;;; 0))
11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11319
11320 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11321 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11322 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11323
11324 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11325 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11326 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11327
11328 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11329 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11330
11331 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11332 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11333
11334 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11335 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11336 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11337 intend to modify existing values, do
11338
11339 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11340
11341 before changing anything.
11342
11343 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11344 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11345
11346 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11347 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11348 to restore the frame.
11349
11350 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11351 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11352 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11353
11354 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11355 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11356 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11357 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11358 FILTER A filter function.
11359
11360 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11361 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11362
11363 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11364
11365 where
11366
11367 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11368 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11369 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11370 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11371 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11372 before restoring it.
11373 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11374
11375 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11376 It must return:
11377 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11378 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11379 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11380
11381 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11382 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11383
11384 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11385 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11386 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11387 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11388 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11389 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11390 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11391
11392 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11393
11394 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11395 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11396
11397 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11398
11399 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11400 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11401 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11402 If nil, check all live frames.
11403
11404 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11407 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11408 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11409 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11410 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11411 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11412 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11413 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11414 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11415 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11416 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11417
11418 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11419
11420 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11421 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11422
11423 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11424 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11425 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11426 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11427 and window-state is not restored.
11428
11429 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11430 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11431
11432 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11433 t All existing frames can be reused.
11434 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11435 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11436 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11437 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11438
11439 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11440 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11441 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11442 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11443 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11444 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11445 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11446 be created from that parameter alist.
11447
11448 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11449 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11450 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11451 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11452 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11453 - the live frame just restored,
11454 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11455 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11456 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11457
11458 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11459 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11460 nil Keep all frames.
11461 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11462 - FRAME, a live frame.
11463 - ACTION, which can be one of
11464 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11465 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11466 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11467 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11468 Return value is ignored.
11469
11470 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11471 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11472 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11473 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11474 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11475
11476 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11477
11478 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11479
11480 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11481 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11482 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11483
11484 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11485
11486 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11487 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11488 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11489
11490 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11493 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11494 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11495 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11496
11497 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11498
11499 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11500
11501 ;;;***
11502 \f
11503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11504 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11506 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11507
11508 ;;;***
11509 \f
11510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21240 46395
11511 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11513
11514 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11515 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11516 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11517
11518 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11519
11520 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11521 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11522 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11523 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11524 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11525 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11526 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11527
11528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11529
11530 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11531 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11532 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11533 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11534
11535 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11536 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11537 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11538 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11539 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11540
11541 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11542 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11543 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11544 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11545
11546 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11547 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11548 shown in some of the buffers.
11549
11550 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11551
11552 The following commands help control operation :
11553
11554 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11555 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11556
11557 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11558 detailed description of this mode.
11559
11560
11561 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11562 | GDB Toolbar |
11563 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11564 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11565 | | |
11566 | | |
11567 | | |
11568 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11569 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11570 | | (comint-mode) |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 | | |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11579 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11580 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11581 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11582 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11583
11584 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11585
11586 ;;;***
11587 \f
11588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11589 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11591
11592 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11593 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11594 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11595 instead (which see).")
11596
11597 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11598 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11599
11600 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11601 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11602 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11603 documentation string instead.
11604
11605 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11606 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11607 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11608 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11609 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11610 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11611 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11612 enders are actually possible.
11613
11614 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11615 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11616
11617 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11618 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11619 `font-lock-keywords'.
11620
11621 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11622 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11623 runs the macro expansion.
11624
11625 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11626 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11627 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11628
11629 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11630
11631 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11632
11633 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11634
11635 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11636
11637 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11638 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11639
11640 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11643 Enter generic mode MODE.
11644
11645 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11646 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11647 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11648
11649 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11650 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11651
11652 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11653
11654 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11655 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11656 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11657 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11658 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11659 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11660 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11661 `font-lock-keywords'.
11662
11663 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11664
11665 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11666
11667 ;;;***
11668 \f
11669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11670 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11672
11673 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11674 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11676 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11677 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11678 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11679
11680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11681
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21296 1575
11685 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11687
11688 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11689 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11690 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11691
11692 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11693
11694 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11695 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11696
11697 Guideline for numbers:
11698 1 - error messages
11699 3 - non-serious error messages
11700 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11701 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11702 9 - messages inside loops.
11703
11704 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11705
11706 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11707 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11708 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11709
11710 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11713 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11714
11715 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11716
11717 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11718 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11719
11720 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11721 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11722 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11723 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11724 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11725 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11726
11727 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11728 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11729 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11730 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11731 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11732
11733 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11734
11735 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11736
11737 ;;;***
11738 \f
11739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11741 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11742 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11743 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11744
11745 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11746 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11747
11748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11751 Read network news.
11752 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11753 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11754 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11755 name of an NNTP server to use.
11756 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11757 server.
11758
11759 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11762 Read news as a slave.
11763
11764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11767 Pop up a frame to read news.
11768 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11769 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11770 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11771 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11772 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11773 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11774 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11775 current display is used.
11776
11777 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11780 Read network news.
11781 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11782 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11783 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11784
11785 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11786
11787 ;;;***
11788 \f
11789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11790 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11794 Start Gnus unplugged.
11795
11796 \(fn)" t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Start Gnus plugged.
11800
11801 \(fn)" t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11804 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11805
11806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11807
11808 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11809 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11810
11811 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11812 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11813 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11814
11815 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11816 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11817 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11818
11819 \(fn)" t nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11823
11824 \(fn)" nil nil)
11825
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11828 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11829 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11830 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11831 supported.
11832
11833 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11837 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11838 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11839 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11840 supported.
11841
11842 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11846
11847 \(fn)" nil nil)
11848
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11851 downloaded into the agent.
11852
11853 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11857 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11858 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11859
11860 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11863 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11864
11865 \(fn)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11869
11870 \(fn)" t nil)
11871
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11874 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11875
11876 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11877
11878 ;;;***
11879 \f
11880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21296 1575 438327
11881 ;;;;;; 0))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11885 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11886
11887 \(fn)" nil nil)
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11892 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11896 Set a bookmark for this article.
11897
11898 \(fn)" t nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11901 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11902
11903 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11904
11905 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11906 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11907 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11908 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11909 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 ;;;***
11914 \f
11915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11916 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11918
11919 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11920 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11921
11922 Usage:
11923 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11924
11925 \(fn)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11928 Generate the cache active file.
11929
11930 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11934
11935 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11939 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11940 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11941 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11942 supported.
11943
11944 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11945
11946 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11947 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11948 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11949 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11950 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11951 supported.
11952
11953 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11954
11955 ;;;***
11956 \f
11957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11958 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11962 Delay this article by some time.
11963 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11964
11965 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11966 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11967
11968 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11969 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11970
11971 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11972 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11973
11974 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11975
11976 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11977 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11982 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11983 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11984 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11985
11986 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11987 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11988
11989 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11990
11991 ;;;***
11992 \f
11993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11994 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11996
11997 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11998
11999
12000 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12001
12002 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12003
12004
12005 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12006
12007 ;;;***
12008 \f
12009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
12010 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12012
12013 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12014 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12015
12016 \(fn)" t nil)
12017
12018 ;;;***
12019 \f
12020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
12021 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12025 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 ;;;***
12030 \f
12031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21296 1575 438327
12032 ;;;;;; 0))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12036 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12037
12038 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12041
12042 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12043 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12044
12045 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12046
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12050 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12051
12052 \(fn)" t nil)
12053
12054 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12055 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12056
12057 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12058 different input formats.
12059
12060 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12061
12062 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12063 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12064
12065 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12066 different input formats.
12067
12068 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12071 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12072 The PNG is returned as a string.
12073
12074 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12077 Convert FILE to a Face.
12078 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12079 726 bytes.
12080
12081 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12082
12083 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12084 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12085
12086 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12087
12088 \(fn)" t nil)
12089
12090 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12091 Insert a randome Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12092
12093 \(fn)" nil nil)
12094
12095 ;;;***
12096 \f
12097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12098 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12100
12101 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12102 Display gravatar in the From header.
12103 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12104
12105 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12108 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12109 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12110
12111 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12112
12113 ;;;***
12114 \f
12115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12116 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12118
12119 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12120 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12121 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12122 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12123
12124 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12125
12126 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12127 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12128
12129 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12130
12131 ;;;***
12132 \f
12133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12134 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12136
12137 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12138
12139
12140 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12141
12142 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12143
12144
12145 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12146
12147 ;;;***
12148 \f
12149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12150 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12152
12153 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12154
12155 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12156 Run batched scoring.
12157 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12158
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12160
12161 ;;;***
12162 \f
12163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12164 ;;;;;; 0))
12165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12166
12167 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12168
12169
12170 \(fn)" nil nil)
12171
12172 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12173 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12174 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12175
12176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12177
12178 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12179 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12180
12181 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12182
12183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12184
12185 ;;;***
12186 \f
12187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12188 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12190
12191 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12192 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12193 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12194 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12195 group parameters.
12196
12197 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12198 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12199 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12200 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12201
12202 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12203 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12204 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12205 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12206 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12207 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12208 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12209 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12210 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12211 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12212
12213 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12214
12215 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12216 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12217 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12218 nil CATCH-ALL).
12219
12220 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12221 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12222
12223 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12224
12225 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12226 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12227 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12228
12229 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12230
12231 \(fn)" nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12234 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12235 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12236
12237 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12238
12239 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12240 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12241 existing groups are considered.
12242
12243 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12244 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12245 returned.
12246
12247 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12248 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12249 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12250 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12251 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12252 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12253 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12254 clauses will be generated.
12255
12256 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12257 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12258 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12259 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12260 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12261 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12262
12263 For example, given the following group parameters:
12264
12265 nnml:mail.bar:
12266 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12267 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12268 nnml:mail.foo:
12269 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12270 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12271 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12272 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12273 nnml:mail.others:
12274 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12275
12276 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12277
12278 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12279 \"mail.bar\")
12280 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12281 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12282 \"mail.others\")
12283
12284 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12285
12286 ;;;***
12287 \f
12288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21235 28473
12289 ;;;;;; 29431 0))
12290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12291
12292 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12293 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12294 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12295 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12296 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12297 instead.
12298
12299 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12300
12301 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12302 Mail to ADDRESS.
12303
12304 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12305
12306 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12307 Like `message-reply'.
12308
12309 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12310
12311 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12312
12313 ;;;***
12314 \f
12315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12316 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12320 Send a notification on new message.
12321 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12322 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12323 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12324
12325 This is typically a function to add in
12326 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12327
12328 \(fn)" nil nil)
12329
12330 ;;;***
12331 \f
12332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12333 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12337 Display picons in the From header.
12338 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12339
12340 \(fn)" t nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12343 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12344 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12345
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12349 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12350 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12351
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12353
12354 ;;;***
12355 \f
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12357 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12359
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12361 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12362 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12363 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12364
12365 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12366
12367 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12368 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12369 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12370 LIST1 is modified.
12371
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12376 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12377
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12381
12382
12383 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12384
12385 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12386 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12387 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12388
12389 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12393 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12394
12395 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12396
12397 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12398
12399 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12400 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12401 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12402
12403 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404
12405 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12407 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12408
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12410
12411 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12412 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12413 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12414
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12416
12417 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12418 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12419
12420 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12421
12422 ;;;***
12423 \f
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21187
12425 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12427
12428 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12429 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12430
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12434 Install the registry hooks.
12435
12436 \(fn)" t nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12441 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12443
12444 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12445 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12446 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12447 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12448 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12449 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12450
12451 \(fn)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12454 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12455 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12456 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12457 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12458
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12460
12461 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12462
12463
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12465
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12469 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12471
12472 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12473 Update the format specification near point.
12474
12475 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12476
12477 ;;;***
12478 \f
12479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21296 1575
12480 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12482
12483 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12484 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12485
12486 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12487
12488 ;;;***
12489 \f
12490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21296 1575 438327
12491 ;;;;;; 0))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12493
12494 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12495 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12496 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12497
12498 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12499
12500 ;;;***
12501 \f
12502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12503 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12505
12506 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12507 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12508
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12510
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12512 Install the sync hooks.
12513
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12515
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12519 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12521
12522 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12523 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12524
12525 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12526
12527 ;;;***
12528 \f
12529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21187 63826 213216
12530 ;;;;;; 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12532
12533 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12534 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12535 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12536 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12537 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12538 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12539
12540 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12541
12542 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12543
12544 ;;;***
12545 \f
12546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12547 ;;;;;; 0))
12548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12549
12550 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12551 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12552
12553 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12554 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12555 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12556
12557 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12558 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12559 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12560
12561 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12562 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12563
12564 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12565 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12566
12567 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12568
12569 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12570
12571 ;;;***
12572 \f
12573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12574 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12575 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12576
12577 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12578
12579 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12580 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12581 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12582 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12583 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12584
12585 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12586
12587 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12588 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12589 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12590 or to send e-mail.
12591 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12592 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12593
12594 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12595 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12596
12597 \(fn)" t nil)
12598 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12599
12600 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12601 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12605
12606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12607
12608 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12609 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12610
12611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12612
12613 ;;;***
12614 \f
12615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12616 ;;;;;; 0))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12618
12619 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12620 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12621 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12622
12623 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12624
12625 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12626 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12627
12628 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12629
12630 ;;;***
12631 \f
12632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21245 64312 799897
12633 ;;;;;; 0))
12634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12635
12636 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12637 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12638
12639 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12640
12641 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12642 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12643 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12644 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12645 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12646
12647 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12648 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12649 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12650
12651 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12652
12653 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12654 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12655 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12656 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12657 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12658
12659 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12660
12661 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12662 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12663
12664 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12665
12666 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12667 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12668
12669 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12670 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12671 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12672
12673 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12674 The default find program.
12675 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12676 and others.")
12677
12678 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12679 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12680 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12681 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12682
12683 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12684 How to invoke find and grep.
12685 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12686 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12687 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12688 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12689
12690 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12691
12692 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12693 History list for grep.")
12694
12695 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12696 History list for grep-find.")
12697
12698 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12699 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12700 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12701
12702 \(fn)" nil nil)
12703
12704 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12705
12706
12707 \(fn)" nil nil)
12708
12709 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12710 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12711
12712 \(fn)" nil nil)
12713
12714 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12715 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12716 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12717 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12718 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12719
12720 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12721 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12722
12723 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12724 can easily repeat a grep command.
12725
12726 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12727 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12728 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12729 list is empty).
12730
12731 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12734 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12735 Collect output in a buffer.
12736 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12737 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12738
12739 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12740 easily repeat a find command.
12741
12742 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12743
12744 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12745
12746 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12747 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12748 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12749 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12750 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12751
12752 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12753 before it is executed.
12754 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12755
12756 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12757 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12758 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12759
12760 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12761
12762 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12763
12764 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12765 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12766 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12767 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12768 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12769
12770 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12771 before it is executed.
12772 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12773
12774 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12775 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12776 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12777 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12778
12779 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12780
12781 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12782 to specify a command to run.
12783
12784 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12787 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12788 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12789 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12790
12791 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12792
12793 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12794
12795 ;;;***
12796 \f
12797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12799
12800 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12801 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12802 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12803 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12804 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12805
12806 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12807
12808 ;;;***
12809 \f
12810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21240 46395 727291
12811 ;;;;;; 0))
12812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12813
12814 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12815 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12817 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12822 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12823 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12824 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825
12826 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827
12828 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12829 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12830 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12831 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832
12833 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834
12835 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12836 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12837 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12838 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839
12840 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12841 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12842
12843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12846 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12847 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12848 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12849
12850 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12851
12852 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12853 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12854 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12855 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12856
12857 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858
12859 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12860 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12861 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12862 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12863 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12864
12865 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12866 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12867 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12868 original source file access method.
12869
12870 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12871 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12872
12873 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12874
12875 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12876 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12877
12878 \(fn)" t nil)
12879
12880 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12881 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12882 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12885 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12886
12887 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12888
12889 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12890 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12892 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12893 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12894
12895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12896
12897 ;;;***
12898 \f
12899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21255 45558 780901
12900 ;;;;;; 0))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12902
12903 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12904 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12905 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12906 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12907 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12908 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12909 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12910 set it to.
12911 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12912
12913 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12914
12915 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12916 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12917 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12918 of PLACE.
12919 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12920 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12921 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12922 and SETTER.
12923 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12924 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12925
12926 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12927
12928 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12929
12930 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12931 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12932 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12933 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12934 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12935
12936 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12937
12938 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12939
12940 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12941
12942
12943 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12944
12945 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12946
12947 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12948
12949 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12950 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12951 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12952 well for simple place forms.
12953 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12954 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12955 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12956 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12957 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12958 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12959 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12960
12961 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12962
12963 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12964
12965 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12966 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12967 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12968 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12969 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12970
12971 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12972 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12973 (let ((temp VAL))
12974 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12975 temp)
12976 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12977
12978 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12979
12980 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12981 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12982 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12983 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12984 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12985 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12986
12987 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12988
12989 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12990
12991 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12992 Return a reference to PLACE.
12993 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12994 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12995 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12996 binding mode.
12997
12998 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12999
13000 ;;;***
13001 \f
13002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
13003 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
13004 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13005
13006 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13007 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13008 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13009 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13010
13011 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13012 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13013 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13014 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13015
13016 \(fn)" t nil)
13017
13018 ;;;***
13019 \f
13020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
13021 ;;;;;; 0))
13022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13023
13024 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13025 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13026
13027 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13028
13029 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13030 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13031 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13032 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13033
13034 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13035
13036 \(fn)" t nil)
13037
13038 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13039 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13040 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13041 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13042 to be updated.
13043
13044 \(fn)" t nil)
13045
13046 ;;;***
13047 \f
13048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13049 ;;;;;; 0))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13051
13052 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13053 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13054
13055 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13056
13057 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13058 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13059 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13060
13061 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13062
13063 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13064 Verify a hashcash payment
13065
13066 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13067
13068 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13069 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13070 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13071 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13072 `mail-add-payment-async').
13073
13074 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13077 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13078 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13079 Calculation is asynchronous.
13080
13081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13084 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13085 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13086
13087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13088
13089 ;;;***
13090 \f
13091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13092 ;;;;;; 0))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13094
13095 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13096 Return the help-echo string at point.
13097 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13098 property, or nil, is returned.
13099 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13100 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13101 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13102
13103 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13104
13105 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13106 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13107 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13108 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13109 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13110
13111 \(fn)" nil nil)
13112
13113 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13114 Display local help in the echo area.
13115 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13116 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13117 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13118 printed instead.
13119
13120 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13121 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13122 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13123
13124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13127 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13128 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13129
13130 \(fn)" t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13133 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13134 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13135
13136 \(fn)" t nil)
13137
13138 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13139 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13140 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13141 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13142 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13143 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13144 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13145 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13146 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13147 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13148 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13149
13150 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13151 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13152 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13153 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13154 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13155
13156 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13157 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13158 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13159 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13160 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13161 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13162 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13163 The default is `never'.")
13164
13165 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13166
13167 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13168 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13169 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13170 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13171 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13172 considered different regions.
13173
13174 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13175 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13176 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13177 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13178 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13179 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13180 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13181 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13182 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13183
13184 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13185
13186 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13187 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13188 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13189 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13190 different regions.
13191
13192 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13193 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13194 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13195 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13196 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13197 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13198 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13199 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13200
13201 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13202 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13203 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13204 rarely happens in practice.
13205
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13207
13208 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13209 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13210 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13211 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13212 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13213 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13214
13215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13216
13217 ;;;***
13218 \f
13219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21294 46247 414129
13220 ;;;;;; 0))
13221 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13222
13223 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13224 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13225
13226 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13227
13228 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13229 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13230 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13231
13232 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13233
13234 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13235 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13236 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13237 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13238 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13239 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13240 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13241 search for a function definition.
13242
13243 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13244 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13245 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13246 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13247 suitable file is found, return nil.
13248
13249 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13252
13253
13254 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13255
13256 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13257 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13258 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13259 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13260
13261 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13262
13263 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13264 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13265 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13266 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13267 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13268 it is displayed along with the global value.
13269
13270 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13271
13272 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13273 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13274 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13275 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13276
13277 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13280 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13281 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13282 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13283 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13284
13285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13286
13287 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13288 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13289
13290 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13291
13292 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13293 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13294
13295 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13296
13297 ;;;***
13298 \f
13299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13300 ;;;;;; 0))
13301 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13302
13303 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13304 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13305 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13306 window listing and describing the options.
13307 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13308 gives the window that lists the options.")
13309
13310 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13311
13312 ;;;***
13313 \f
13314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13315 ;;;;;; 0))
13316 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13317
13318 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13319 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13320 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13321 Commands:
13322 \\{help-mode-map}
13323
13324 \(fn)" t nil)
13325
13326 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13327
13328
13329 \(fn)" nil nil)
13330
13331 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13332
13333
13334 \(fn)" nil nil)
13335
13336 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13337 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13338
13339 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13340 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13341 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13342 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13343
13344 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13345 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13346 restore it properly when going back.
13347
13348 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13351 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13352 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13353 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13354 from `help-mode'.
13355 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13356 it does not already exist.
13357
13358 \(fn)" nil nil)
13359
13360 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13361 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13362
13363 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13364 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13365 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13366 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13367 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13368 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13369 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13370 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13371
13372 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13373 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13374 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13375 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13376
13377 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13378 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13379 that.
13380
13381 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13382
13383 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13384 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13385 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13386 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13387 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13388 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13389
13390 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13391
13392 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13393 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13394 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13395 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13396 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13397
13398 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13399
13400 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13401 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13402
13403 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13404
13405 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13406 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13407 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13408 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13409
13410 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13411
13412 ;;;***
13413 \f
13414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13415 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13417
13418 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13419 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13420
13421 \(fn)" t nil)
13422
13423 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13424 Provide help for current mode.
13425
13426 \(fn)" t nil)
13427
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13432
13433 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13434 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13435 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13436 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13437 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13438
13439 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13440 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13441
13442 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13443 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13444 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13445 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13446
13447 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13448 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13449 periods.
13450
13451 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13452 in hexl format.
13453
13454 A sample format:
13455
13456 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13457 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13458 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13459 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13460 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13461 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13462 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13463 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13464 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13465 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13466 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13467 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13468 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13469 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13470 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13471
13472 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13473 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13474 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13475
13476 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13477 also supported.
13478
13479 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13480
13481 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13482 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13483 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13484
13485 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13486 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13487 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13488
13489 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13490 into the buffer at the current point.
13491
13492 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13493 into the buffer at the current point.
13494
13495 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13496 into the buffer at the current point.
13497
13498 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13499
13500 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13501 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13502
13503 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13504
13505 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13506
13507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13508
13509 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13510 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13511 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13512 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13513
13514 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13515
13516 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13517 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13518 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13519
13520 \(fn)" t nil)
13521
13522 ;;;***
13523 \f
13524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21236 49338 435234
13525 ;;;;;; 0))
13526 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13527
13528 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13529 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13531 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13532 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13533
13534 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13535 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13536 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13537 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13538
13539 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13540 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13541 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13542 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13543
13544 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13545 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13546 which can be called interactively, are:
13547
13548 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13549 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13550
13551 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13552 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13553 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13554 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13555
13556 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13557 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13558
13559 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13560 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13561 available face automatically.
13562
13563 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13564 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13565
13566 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13567 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13568 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13569 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13570 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13571 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13572 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13573 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13574 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13575 function returns t.
13576
13577 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13578 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13579
13580 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13581 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13582 form:
13583 Hi-lock: FOO
13584
13585 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13586 position (number of characters into buffer)
13587 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13588 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13589 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13590
13591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13592
13593 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13594 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13595 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13597 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13598 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13599
13600 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13601
13602 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13603 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13604 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13605 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13606 ARG is omitted or nil.
13607
13608 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13609 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13610 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13611
13612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13613
13614 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13615
13616 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13617 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13618 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13619 Use the global history list for FACE.
13620
13621 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13622 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13623 highlighting will not update as you type.
13624
13625 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13626
13627 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13628
13629 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13630 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13631 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13632 Use the global history list for FACE.
13633
13634 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13635 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13636 highlighting will not update as you type.
13637
13638 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13639
13640 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13641
13642 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13643 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13644 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13645 Use the global history list for FACE.
13646
13647 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13648 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13649 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13650
13651 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13652 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13653 highlighting will not update as you type.
13654
13655 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13656
13657 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13658
13659 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13660 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13661 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13662 unless you use a prefix argument.
13663 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13664
13665 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13666 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13667
13668 \(fn)" t nil)
13669
13670 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13671
13672 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13673 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13674 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13675 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13676 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13677 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13678
13679 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13680
13681 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13682 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13683
13684 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13685 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13686 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13687
13688 \(fn)" t nil)
13689
13690 ;;;***
13691 \f
13692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21292 4516
13693 ;;;;;; 491683 0))
13694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13695
13696 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13697 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13701
13702 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13703 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13704 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13705 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13706
13707 `hide-ifdef-env'
13708 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13709 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13710 is used.
13711
13712 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13713 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13714 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13715 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13716 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13717
13718 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13719 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13720 #endif lines when hiding.
13721
13722 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13723 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13724 is activated.
13725
13726 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13727 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13728 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13729
13730 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13731
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13733
13734 ;;;***
13735 \f
13736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21187 63826
13737 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13739
13740 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13741 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13742 Each element has the form
13743 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13744
13745 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13746 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13747
13748 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13749 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13750
13751 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13752 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13753 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13754 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13755 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13756 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13757
13758 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13759 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13760
13761 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13762 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13763
13764 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13765 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13766 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13767
13768 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13769 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13771 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13772 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13773
13774 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13775 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13776 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13777
13778 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13779 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13780 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13781
13782 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13783 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13784
13785 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13786
13787 Key bindings:
13788 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13789
13790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13793 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13794
13795 \(fn)" nil nil)
13796
13797 ;;;***
13798 \f
13799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13800 ;;;;;; 0))
13801 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13802
13803 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13804 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13806 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13807 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13808
13809 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13810 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13811 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13812 this on and off.
13813
13814 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13815 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13816 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13817 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13818 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13819 through various faces.
13820 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13821 buffer with the contents of a file
13822 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13823
13824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13825
13826 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13827 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13829 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13830 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13831
13832 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13833 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13834 in a distinctive face.
13835
13836 The default value can be customized with variable
13837 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13838
13839 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13840
13841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13842
13843 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13844 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13845 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13846
13847 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13848
13849 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13850 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13851
13852 \(fn)" t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13855 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13856
13857 \(fn)" t nil)
13858
13859 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13860 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13861
13862 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13863 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13864 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13865 shown in the last face in the list.
13866
13867 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13868 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13869 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13870
13871 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13872
13873 \(fn)" t nil)
13874
13875 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13877
13878 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13879
13880 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13881 to save the file.
13882
13883 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13884 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13885
13886 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13887 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13888 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13889
13890 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13891
13892 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13893 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13894
13895 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13896 this function is called interactively.
13897
13898 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13899 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13900 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13901
13902 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13903 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13904 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13905
13906 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13907
13908 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13909 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13910 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13912 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13913 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13914
13915 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13916
13917 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13918 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13919 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13920 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13921 ARG is omitted or nil.
13922
13923 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13924 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13925 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13926
13927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13928
13929 ;;;***
13930 \f
13931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21240 46395 727291
13932 ;;;;;; 0))
13933 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13934 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13935
13936 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13937 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13938 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13939 or insert functions in this list.")
13940
13941 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13942
13943 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13944 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13945 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13946 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13947 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13948 expansions.
13949 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13950 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13951 undoes the expansion.
13952
13953 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13954
13955 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13956 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13957 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13958 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13959
13960 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13961
13962 ;;;***
13963 \f
13964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13965 ;;;;;; 0))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13967
13968 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13969 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13973
13974 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13975 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13976 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13977 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13978 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13979 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13980
13981 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13982 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13983 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13984 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13985
13986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13987
13988 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13989 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13990 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13992 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13993 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13994
13995 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13996
13997 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13998 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14000 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14001 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14002
14003 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14004 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14005 windows.
14006
14007 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14008 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14009
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14011
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
14015 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14017
14018 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14019
14020 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14021 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14022 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14023
14024 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14025
14026 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14027
14028 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14029
14030 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14031 Oriental holidays.
14032 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14033
14034 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14035
14036 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14037
14038 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14039
14040 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14041 Local holidays.
14042 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14043
14044 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14045
14046 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14047
14048 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14049
14050 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14051 User defined holidays.
14052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14053
14054 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14055
14056 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14057
14058 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14059 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14060
14061 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14062
14063 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14064 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14065
14066 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14067
14068 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14069 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14070
14071 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14074 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14075
14076 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14077
14078 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14079
14080 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14081 Jewish holidays.
14082 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14083
14084 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14085
14086 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14087
14088 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14089
14090 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14091 Christian holidays.
14092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14093
14094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14095
14096 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14097
14098 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14099
14100 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14101 Islamic holidays.
14102 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14103
14104 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14105
14106 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14107
14108 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14109
14110 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14111 Bahá'í holidays.
14112 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14113
14114 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14115
14116 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14117
14118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14119
14120 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14121 Sun-related holidays.
14122 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14123
14124 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14125
14126 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14127
14128 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14129
14130 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14131 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14132 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14133 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14134
14135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14138 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14139 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14140 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14141 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14142
14143 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14144 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14145
14146 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14147 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14148
14149 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14150 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14151 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14152 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14153 of a holiday list.
14154
14155 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14156
14157 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14158
14159 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14160
14161 ;;;***
14162 \f
14163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21187 63826
14164 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14166
14167 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14168 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14169
14170 \(fn)" t nil)
14171
14172 ;;;***
14173 \f
14174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21269 46645
14175 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14177 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14178
14179 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14180 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14181 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14182 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14183 as possible.
14184
14185 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14186 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14187 fontified display.
14188
14189 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14190 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14191
14192 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14193 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14194 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14195
14196 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14197
14198 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14199 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14200 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14201
14202 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14203
14204 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14205
14206 ;;;***
14207 \f
14208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14209 ;;;;;; 0))
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14211
14212 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14213 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14214
14215 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14216 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14217 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14218
14219 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14220 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14221 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14222 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14223 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14224 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14225
14226 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14227 title of the column.
14228
14229 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14230 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14231 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14232 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14233 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14234
14235 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14236
14237 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14238 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14239 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14240 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14241 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14242
14243 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14244 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14245 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14246
14247 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14248
14249 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14250 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14251 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14252 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14253 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14254 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14255
14256 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14257 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14258 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14259 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14260 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14261 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14262 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14263 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14264 values are:
14265 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14266 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14267 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14268 buffer's modification flag.
14269 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14270 prompted before performing this operation.
14271 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14272 operation is complete, in the form:
14273 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14274 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14275 confirmation message, in the form:
14276 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14277 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14278 macro for exactly what it does.
14279
14280 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14281
14282 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14283 Define a filter named NAME.
14284 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14285 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14286 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14287
14288 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14289 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14290 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14291 bound to the current value of the filter.
14292
14293 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14294
14295 ;;;***
14296 \f
14297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21187 63826 213216
14298 ;;;;;; 0))
14299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14300
14301 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14302 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14303 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14304 buffers which are visiting a file.
14305
14306 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14307
14308 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14309 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14310 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14311 buffers which are visiting a file.
14312
14313 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14314
14315 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14316 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14317 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14318
14319 All arguments are optional.
14320 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14321 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14322 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14323 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14324 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14325 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14326 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14327 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14328 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14329 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14330 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14331 that value locally in this buffer.
14332
14333 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14334
14335 ;;;***
14336 \f
14337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21187
14338 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14340 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14341
14342 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14343 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14344 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14345 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14346
14347 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14348
14349 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14350 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14351 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14352 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14353 ICAL-FILENAME.
14354 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14355 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14356 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14357
14358 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14359
14360 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14361 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14362 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14363 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14364 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14365 non-marking or not.
14366
14367 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14368
14369 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14370 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14371
14372 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14373 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14374 DIARY-FILE.
14375
14376 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14377 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14378 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14379
14380 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14381 non-marking.
14382
14383 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14384 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14385 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14386
14387 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14388
14389 ;;;***
14390 \f
14391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14392 ;;;;;; 0))
14393 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14394
14395 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14396 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14397 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14400 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14401
14402 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14403
14404 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14405 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14407 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14408 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14409
14410 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14411 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14412 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14413 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14414
14415 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14416 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14417
14418 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14419 completions:
14420
14421 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14422
14423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14424
14425 ;;;***
14426 \f
14427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14428 ;;;;;; 0))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14430
14431 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14432 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14433 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14434 Tab indents for Icon code.
14435 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14436 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14437 \\{icon-mode-map}
14438 Variables controlling indentation style:
14439 icon-tab-always-indent
14440 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14441 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14442 icon-auto-newline
14443 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14444 inserted in Icon code.
14445 icon-indent-level
14446 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14447 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14448 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14449 icon-continued-statement-offset
14450 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14451 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14452 icon-continued-brace-offset
14453 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14454 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14455 icon-brace-offset
14456 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14457 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14458 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14459 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14460
14461 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14462 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14463
14464 \(fn)" t nil)
14465
14466 ;;;***
14467 \f
14468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21195
14469 ;;;;;; 23530 495420 0))
14470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14471
14472 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14473 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14474 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14475 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14476
14477 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14478 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14479 separate frames.
14480
14481 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14482 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14483
14484 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14485 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14486 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14487
14488 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14489
14490 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14491
14492 ;;;***
14493 \f
14494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21222 16439
14495 ;;;;;; 978802 0))
14496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14497 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14498
14499 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14500 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14501
14502 The main features of this mode are
14503
14504 1. Indentation and Formatting
14505 --------------------------
14506 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14507 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14508
14509 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14510 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14511 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14512 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14513
14514 Comments are indented as follows:
14515
14516 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14517 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14518 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14519
14520 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14521
14522 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14523 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14524 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14525 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14526 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14527 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14528
14529 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14530 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14531 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14532 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14533
14534 2. Routine Info
14535 ------------
14536 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14537 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14538 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14539 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14540 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14541 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14542 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14543 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14544 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14545 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14546
14547 3. Online IDL Help
14548 ---------------
14549
14550 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14551 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14552 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14553 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14554
14555 4. Completion
14556 ----------
14557 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14558 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14559 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14560 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14561 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14562 upper case.
14563
14564 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14565 --------------------------------
14566 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14567 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14568
14569 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14570 \\fu FUNCTION template
14571 \\c CASE statement template
14572 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14573 \\f FOR loop template
14574 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14575 \\w WHILE loop template
14576 \\i IF statement template
14577 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14578 \\b BEGIN
14579
14580 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14581 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14582
14583 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14584 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14585 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14586 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14587
14588 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14589 -------------------------
14590 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14591 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14592
14593 7. Automatic END completion
14594 ------------------------
14595 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14596 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14597
14598 8. Hooks
14599 -----
14600 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14601 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14602
14603 9. Documentation and Customization
14604 -------------------------------
14605 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14606 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14607 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14608 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14609 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14610
14611 10.Keybindings
14612 -----------
14613 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14614 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14615 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14616
14617 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14618
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14620
14621 ;;;***
14622 \f
14623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14624 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14625
14626 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14627 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14628 The following values are possible:
14629 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14630 displaying...)
14631 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14632 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14633 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14634
14635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14636 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14637
14638 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14641 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14642 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14643 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14644 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14645 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14646 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14647 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14648 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14649
14650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14651
14652 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14653 Switch to another buffer.
14654 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14655 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14656 in another frame.
14657
14658 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14659 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14660 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14661 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14662 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14663
14664 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14665 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14666
14667 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14668
14669 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14670 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14671 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14672 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14673 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14674 in a separate window.
14675 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14676 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14677 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14680 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14681 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14682 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14683 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14684
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14686
14687 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14688 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14690 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14691
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14693
14694 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14695 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14696 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14697 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14698
14699 \(fn)" t nil)
14700
14701 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14702 Kill a buffer.
14703 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14704 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14705
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14707
14708 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14709 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14710 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14711 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14716 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14717 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14724
14725 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14728 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14729 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14730 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14731 in another frame.
14732
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14734 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14735 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14736 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14737 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14738 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14739
14740 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14741 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14742
14743 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14744
14745 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14746 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14747 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14748 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14749 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14750 in a separate window.
14751 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14752 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14753 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14754 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14755 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14756 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14757 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14758 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14759 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14760 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14761 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14762 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14763 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14764 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14765 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14766 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14767 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14768 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14769
14770 \(fn)" t nil)
14771
14772 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14773 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14774 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14775 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14776
14777 \(fn)" t nil)
14778
14779 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14780 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14781 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14782 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14783
14784 \(fn)" t nil)
14785
14786 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14787 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14788 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14789 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14790
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14792
14793 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14794 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14795 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14796 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14801 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14802 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14808 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14811
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14815 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14816 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14818
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14822 Write current buffer to a file.
14823 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14825
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14829 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14836 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14837 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14839
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14843 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14844 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14845 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14846 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14847 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14848
14849 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14850
14851 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14852 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14853 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14854 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14855
14856 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14857
14858 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14859 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14860 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14861 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14862
14863 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14864
14865 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14866 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14867 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14868 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14869 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14870 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14871 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14872 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14873 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14874 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14875 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14876 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14877 with point positioned at the end.
14878 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14879 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14880
14881 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14882
14883 ;;;***
14884 \f
14885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14886 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14887
14888 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14889 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14890 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14891 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14892
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14894
14895 ;;;***
14896 \f
14897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14898 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14899
14900 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14901
14902 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14903 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14907 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14908
14909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14910
14911 ;;;***
14912 \f
14913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14915
14916 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14917 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14918 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14919 be determined.
14920
14921 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14924 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14925 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14926 be determined.
14927
14928 \(fn)" nil nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14931 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14932 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14933 be determined.
14934
14935 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14936
14937 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14938 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14939 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14940 be determined.
14941
14942 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14945 Determine and return image type.
14946 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14947 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14948 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14949 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14950 use its file extension as image type.
14951 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14952
14953 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14954
14955 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14956 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14957 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14958
14959 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14960
14961 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14962 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14963 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14964
14965 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14966 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14967 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14968 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14969 must be available.
14970
14971 \(fn)" nil nil)
14972
14973 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14974 Create an image.
14975 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14976 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14977 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14978 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14979 use its file extension as image type.
14980 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14981 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14982 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14983 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14984
14985 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14986
14987 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14988 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14989 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14990
14991 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14994 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14995 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14996 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14997 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14998 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14999 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15000 POS may be an integer or marker.
15001 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15002 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15003 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15004 means display it in the right marginal area.
15005
15006 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15007
15008 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15009 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15010 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15011 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15012 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15013 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15014 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15015 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15016 means display it in the right marginal area.
15017 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15018 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15019 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15020 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15021 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15022
15023 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15024
15025 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15026 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15027 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15028 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15029 STRING is a single space.
15030 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15031 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15032 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15033 means display it in the right marginal area.
15034 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15035
15036 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15037
15038 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15039 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15040 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15041 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15042
15043 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15044
15045 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15046 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15047
15048 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15049
15050 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15051 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15052 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15053 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15054 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15055 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15056 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15057 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15058 satisfied.
15059
15060 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15061
15062 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15063
15064 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15065
15066 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15067 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15068
15069 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15070 documentation string.
15071
15072 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15073 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15074 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15075 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15076 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15077 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15078 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15079 define SYMBOL.
15080
15081 Example:
15082
15083 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15084 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15085
15086 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15087
15088 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15089
15090 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15091 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15092 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15093 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15094
15095 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15096 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15097 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15098 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15099
15100 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15101
15102 \(fn)" nil nil)
15103
15104 ;;;***
15105 \f
15106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15107 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15108 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15109 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15110
15111 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15112 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15113 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15114 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15115 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15116 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15117
15118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15119
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15121 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15122
15123 Convenience command that:
15124
15125 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15126 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15127 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15128
15129 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15130 image files in dired and type
15131 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15132
15133 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15134
15135 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15136 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15137
15138 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15141 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15142 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15143 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15144 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15145 another one).
15146
15147 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15148 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15149 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15150
15151 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15152 instead of erasing it first.
15153
15154 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15155 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15156 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15157 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15158 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15159 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15160
15161 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15162
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15164 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15165 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15166 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15167 displayed.
15168
15169 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15170
15171 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15172
15173 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15174
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15176 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15177
15178 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15179
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15181 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15182 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15183
15184 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15187 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15188
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15192 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15193 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15194 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15195
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15199 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15200
15201 \(fn)" t nil)
15202
15203 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15204 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15205
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15209 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15210
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15212
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15214 Display current image file.
15215 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15216 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15217
15218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15221 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15222
15223 \(fn)" t nil)
15224
15225 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15226 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15227 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15228 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15229 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15230 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15231 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15232
15233 \(fn)" t nil)
15234
15235 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15236 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15237 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15238 easy-to-use form.
15239
15240 \(fn)" t nil)
15241
15242 ;;;***
15243 \f
15244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15245 ;;;;;; 0))
15246 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15247
15248 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15249 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15250 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15251 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15252
15253 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15254 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15255 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15256 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15257
15258 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15259
15260 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15261 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15262 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15263 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15264
15265 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15266 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15267 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15268 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15269
15270 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15271
15272 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15273 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15274
15275 \(fn)" nil nil)
15276
15277 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15278 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15279 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15280 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15281
15282 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15283
15284 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15285 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15286 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15289 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15290
15291 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15292
15293 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15294 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15298
15299 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15300 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15301 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15302
15303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15304
15305 ;;;***
15306 \f
15307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
15308 ;;;;;; 0))
15309 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15310
15311 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15312 Major mode for image files.
15313 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15314 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15315
15316 Key bindings:
15317 \\{image-mode-map}
15318
15319 \(fn)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15322 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15324 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15325 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15326
15327 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15328 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15329 actual image.
15330
15331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15332
15333 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15334 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15335 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15336 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15337 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15338 to display an image file as the actual image.
15339
15340 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15341 to display an image file as text initially.
15342
15343 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15344 on these modes.
15345
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15349
15350
15351 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15352
15353 ;;;***
15354 \f
15355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15356 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15357
15358 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15359 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15360
15361 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15362
15363 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15364 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15365 in the buffer.
15366
15367 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15368
15369 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15370 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15371 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15372
15373 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15374
15375 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15376 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15377 Each element of this list should have the form
15378
15379 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15380
15381 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15382 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15383 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15384 matches are put).
15385 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15386 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15387 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15388 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15389 another element.
15390 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15391 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15392 the menu item.
15393 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15394 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15395 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15396 the ARGUMENTS.
15397
15398 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15399 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15400 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15401
15402 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15403 create a buffer index.
15404
15405 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15406 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15407 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15408 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15409 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15410
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15412
15413 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15414 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15415
15416 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15417 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15418 called within a `save-excursion'.
15419
15420 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15421
15422 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15423
15424 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15425 Function for finding the next index position.
15426
15427 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15428 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15429 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15430 file.
15431
15432 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15433 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15434
15435 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15436
15437 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15438 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15439
15440 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15441 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15442 It should return the name for that index item.")
15443
15444 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15445
15446 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15447 Function to compare string with index item.
15448
15449 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15450 non-nil if they match.
15451
15452 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15453 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15454 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15455 arguments match\".")
15456
15457 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15458
15459 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15460 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15461 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15462
15463 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15464 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15465
15466 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15467
15468 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15469
15470 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15471 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15472 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15473 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15474
15475 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15476
15477 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15478 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15479
15480 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15481
15482 \(fn)" t nil)
15483
15484 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15485 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15486 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15487 for more information.
15488
15489 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15490
15491 ;;;***
15492 \f
15493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15494 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15495 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15496
15497 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15498 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15499
15500 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15501
15502 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15503
15504
15505 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15506
15507 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15508
15509
15510 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15511
15512 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15513
15514
15515 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15516
15517 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15518 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15519
15520 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15521
15522 ;;;***
15523 \f
15524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21187 63826
15525 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15527
15528 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15529 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15530 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15531 to that buffer.
15532 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15533 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15534 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15535 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15536
15537 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15538
15539 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15540
15541 ;;;***
15542 \f
15543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21292 4516 491683 0))
15544 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15545
15546 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15547 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15548 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15549 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15550 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15551 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15552 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15553 first in this list.
15554
15555 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15556 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15557 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15558 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15559 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15560
15561 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15562 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15563 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15564
15565 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15566 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15567
15568 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15569 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15570
15571 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15572 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15573 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15574 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15575 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15576 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15577 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15578 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15579 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15580 with the top-level Info directory.
15581
15582 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15583 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15584
15585 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15586 \"*info*<%s>\".
15587
15588 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15589 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15590 in all the directories in that path.
15591
15592 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15593
15594 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15597 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15598
15599 \(fn)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15602 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15603
15604 \(fn)" t nil)
15605
15606 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15607 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15608 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15609 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15610
15611 \(fn)" nil nil)
15612
15613 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15614 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15615 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15616 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15617
15618 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15621 Go to the Info directory node.
15622
15623 \(fn)" t nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15626 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15627 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15628 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15629 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15630 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15631
15632 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15633
15634 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15635 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15636 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15637
15638 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15639
15640 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15641 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15642 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15643 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15644 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15645
15646 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15647
15648 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15649 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15650 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15651 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15652 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15653
15654 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15655 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15656
15657 Selecting other nodes:
15658 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15659 Follow a node reference you click on.
15660 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15661 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15662 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15663 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15664 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15665 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15666 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15667 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15668 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15669 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15670 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15671 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15672 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15673 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15674 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15675 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15676 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15677 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15678 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15679 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15680
15681 Moving within a node:
15682 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15683 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15684 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15685 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15686 move up to the parent node.
15687 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15688 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15689 if there is none.
15690 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15691
15692 Advanced commands:
15693 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15694 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15695 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15696 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15697 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15698 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15699 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15700 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15701 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15702 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15703 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15704 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15705 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15706 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15707 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15708 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15709
15710 \(fn)" t nil)
15711 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15712
15713 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15714 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15715 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15716 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15717 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15718 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15719
15720 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15721 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15722
15723 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15724 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15725 KEY is a string.
15726 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15727 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15728 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15729 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15730
15731 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15732
15733 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15734 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15735 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15736
15737 \(fn)" t nil)
15738
15739 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15740 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15741 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15742
15743 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15746 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15747 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15748 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15749
15750 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15751
15752 ;;;***
15753 \f
15754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15755 ;;;;;; 0))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15757
15758 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15759 Throw away all cached data.
15760 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15761 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15762 system.
15763
15764 \(fn)" t nil)
15765 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15766
15767 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15768 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15769 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15770 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15771 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15772 one found at point.
15773
15774 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15775
15776 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15777 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15778
15779 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15780 Display the documentation of a file.
15781 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15782 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15783 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15784 The default file name is the one found at point.
15785
15786 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15787
15788 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15789
15790 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15791 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15792
15793 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15794
15795 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15796 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15797
15798 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15799
15800 ;;;***
15801 \f
15802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15803 ;;;;;; 0))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15805 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15806
15807 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15808 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15809 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15810 current info file is the default.
15811
15812 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15813 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15814 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15815 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15816 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15817
15818 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15819 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15820 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15821 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15822 mistake in the reference.
15823
15824 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15825 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15826 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15827
15828 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15829 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15830 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15831 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15832
15833 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15836 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15837 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15838 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15839 checked.
15840
15841 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15842 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15843 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15844 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15845 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15846 should be harmless.
15847
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15851 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15852 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15853 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15854
15855 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15856 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15857 and can take a long time.
15858
15859 \(fn)" t nil)
15860
15861 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15862 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15863 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15864
15865 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15866
15867 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15868 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15869
15870 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15871 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15872 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15873 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15874 all builtins).
15875
15876 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15877 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15878 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15879 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15880 the sources handy.
15881
15882 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15883
15884 ;;;***
15885 \f
15886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15887 ;;;;;; 0))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15889
15890 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15891 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15892
15893 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15894
15895 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15896 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15897
15898 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15899
15900 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15901 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15902 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15903 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15904
15905 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15906 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15907 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15908
15909 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15910 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15911 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15912 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15913
15914 \(fn)" t nil)
15915
15916 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15917 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15918 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15919
15920 \(fn)" t nil)
15921
15922 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15923 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15924 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15925 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15926 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15927
15928 \(fn)" nil nil)
15929
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15933 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15935 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15936
15937 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15938 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15939 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15940
15941 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15942
15943 ;;;***
15944 \f
15945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15946 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15948
15949 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15950 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15951
15952 \(fn)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15955 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15956
15957 \(fn)" t nil)
15958
15959 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15960
15961
15962 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15963
15964 ;;;***
15965 \f
15966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15967 ;;;;;; 0))
15968 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15969 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15970
15971 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15972 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15973 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15974 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15975 accessed via isearchb.
15976
15977 \(fn)" t nil)
15978
15979 ;;;***
15980 \f
15981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15982 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15984
15985 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15986 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15987 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15988 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15995 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15996 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15997 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15998
15999 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16000
16001 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16003 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16004 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16008
16009 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16011 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16012 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016
16017 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16019 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16020 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16021 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022
16023 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024
16025 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16026 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16027 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16028 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032
16033 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16035 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16036 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16037 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16038
16039 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16040
16041 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16043 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16044 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16045
16046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16047
16048 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16049 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16050 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16051 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16052
16053 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16054
16055 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16056 Warn that format is read-only.
16057
16058 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16059
16060 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16061 Warn that format is write-only.
16062
16063 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16066 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16067
16068 \(fn)" t nil)
16069
16070 ;;;***
16071 \f
16072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16073 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16074 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16075 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16076 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16077
16078 ;;;***
16079 \f
16080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21227 34360
16081 ;;;;;; 69622 0))
16082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16083
16084 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16085
16086 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16087 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16088 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16089 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16090 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16091
16092 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16093
16094 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16095
16096 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16097 Key map for ispell menu.")
16098
16099 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16100 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16101 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16102 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16103
16104 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16105
16106 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16107
16108 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16109
16110 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16111
16112 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16113 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16114 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16115 Valid forms include:
16116 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16117 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16118 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16119 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16120
16121 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16122 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16123 First list is used raw.
16124 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16125
16126 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16127 for skipping in latex mode.")
16128
16129 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16130 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16131 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16132 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16133 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16134 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16135 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16136
16137 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16138 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16139 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16140 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16141
16142 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16143 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16144 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16145 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16146 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16147
16148 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16149 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16150
16151 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16152 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16153
16154 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16155 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16156
16157 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16158 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16159
16160 Return values:
16161 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16162 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16163 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16164 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16165 quit spell session exited.
16166
16167 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16168
16169 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16170 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16171 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16172
16173 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16176 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16177
16178 Selections are:
16179
16180 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16181 SPC: Accept word this time.
16182 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16183 `a': Accept word for this session.
16184 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16185 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16186 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16187 `?': Show these commands.
16188 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16189 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16190 the aborted check to be completed later.
16191 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16192 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16193 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16194 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16195 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16196 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16197 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16198
16199 \(fn)" nil nil)
16200
16201 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16202 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16203 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16204 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16205
16206 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16207
16208 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16209 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16210 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16211 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16212
16213 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16214
16215 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16216
16217 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16218 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16219 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16220 amount for last line processed.
16221
16222 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16223
16224 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16225 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16226
16227 \(fn)" t nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16230 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16231
16232 \(fn)" t nil)
16233
16234 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16235 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16236 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16237
16238 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16239
16240 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16241 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16242
16243 \(fn)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16246 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16247 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16248 sequence inside of a word.
16249
16250 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16251
16252 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16253
16254 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16255 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16256
16257 \(fn)" t nil)
16258
16259 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16260 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16261 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16262 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16263
16264 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16265 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16266 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16267 available on the net.
16268
16269 \(fn)" t nil)
16270
16271 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16272 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16274 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16275 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16276
16277 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16278 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16279 spelled.
16280
16281 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16282 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16283 SPC.
16284
16285 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16286 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16287
16288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16291 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16292 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16293 Don't check included messages.
16294
16295 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16296 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16297 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16298
16299 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16300 in your init file:
16301 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16302 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16303 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16304 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16305
16306 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16307 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16308 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16309
16310 \(fn)" t nil)
16311
16312 ;;;***
16313 \f
16314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16315 ;;;;;; 351552 156000))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16317
16318 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16319 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16320 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16323 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16324
16325 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16326
16327 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16328 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16332
16333 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16334 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16335
16336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16337
16338 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16343 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16345
16346 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16347
16348
16349 \(fn)" nil nil)
16350
16351 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16352 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16353 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16354 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16355 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16356 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16357 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16358 necessary to represent OBJ.
16359
16360 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16361
16362 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16363 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16364 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16365 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366
16367 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368
16369 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16370 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16371 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16372 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16373 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16374
16375 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16376
16377 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16378 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16379 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16380 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16381
16382 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16383
16384 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16385 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16386 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16387 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16388
16389 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16393
16394 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16395
16396 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16397 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16398 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16399 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16400 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16401
16402 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16403
16404 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16405 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16406 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16407 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16408 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16409
16410 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16411
16412 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16413 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16414 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16415
16416 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16417
16418 ;;;***
16419 \f
16420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16421 ;;;;;; 0))
16422 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16423
16424 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16425 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16426 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16427 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16428
16429 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16430
16431
16432 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16433
16434 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16435 Uninstall jka-compr.
16436 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16437 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16438 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16439
16440 \(fn)" nil nil)
16441
16442 ;;;***
16443 \f
16444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21243 22582 782931
16445 ;;;;;; 0))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16447 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16448
16449 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16450 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16451
16452 \(fn)" t nil)
16453 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16454
16455 ;;;***
16456 \f
16457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16458 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16459 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16460
16461 ;;;***
16462 \f
16463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16464 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16466
16467 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16468 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16469 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16470 decimal key must be specified.")
16471
16472 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16473
16474 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16475 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16476 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16477 decimal key must be specified.")
16478
16479 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16480
16481 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16482 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16483 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16484 decimal key must be specified.")
16485
16486 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16487
16488 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16489 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16490 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16491 decimal key must be specified.")
16492
16493 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16494
16495 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16496 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16497 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16498 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16499 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16500 keys are bound.
16501
16502 Setup Binding
16503 -------------------------------------------------------------
16504 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16505 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16506 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16507 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16508 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16509 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16510 in the global and local keymaps.
16511
16512 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16513 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16514
16515 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16516
16517 ;;;***
16518 \f
16519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16520 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16522
16523 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16524 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16525 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16526
16527 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16528 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16529 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16530 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16531 shorter.
16532
16533 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16534 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16535 the context of text formatting.
16536
16537 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16538
16539 ;;;***
16540 \f
16541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16542 ;;;;;; 0))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16544
16545 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16546 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16547 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16548 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16549 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16550 positions that contains the current selection.")
16551
16552 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16553 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16554 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16555 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16556 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16557 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16558 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16559
16560 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16561
16562 ;;;***
16563 \f
16564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16565 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16566 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16567 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16568 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16569 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16570 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16571 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16572 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16573
16574 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16575 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16576 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16577
16578 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16579
16580 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16581 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16582 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16583 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16584 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16585
16586 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16587
16588 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16589 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16590 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16591
16592 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16593 defining the macro.
16594
16595 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16596 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16597 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16598
16599 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16600 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16601
16602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16603
16604 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16605 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16606 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16607 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16608 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16609 under that name.
16610
16611 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16612 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16613 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16614
16615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16618 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16619 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16620 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16621
16622 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16623 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16624 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16625 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16626
16627 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16628 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16629
16630 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16631
16632 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16633 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16634 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16635
16636 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16637 macro.
16638
16639 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16640 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16641
16642 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16643 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16644 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16645
16646 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16647 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16648
16649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16650
16651 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16652 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16653 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16654 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16655
16656 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16657
16658 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16659 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16660 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16661 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16662
16663 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16664 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16665
16666 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16667
16668 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16669 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16670 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16671
16672 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16673
16674 ;;;***
16675 \f
16676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16677 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16679
16680 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16681 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16682 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16683
16684 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16685
16686
16687 \(fn)" nil nil)
16688
16689 ;;;***
16690 \f
16691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21187 63826
16692 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16694
16695 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16696
16697 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16698 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16699
16700 \(fn)" t nil)
16701
16702 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16703 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16704 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16705 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16706
16707 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16708 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16709 none / 1 | yes | no
16710 2 | yes | yes
16711 3 | no | yes
16712 4 | no | no
16713
16714 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16715 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16716 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16717
16718 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16719
16720 ;;;***
16721 \f
16722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16723 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16725
16726 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16727
16728
16729 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16730
16731 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16732 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16733 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16734 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16735 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16736 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16737
16738 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16739 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16740
16741 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16742
16743 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16744 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16745
16746 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16747
16748 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16749
16750
16751 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16752
16753 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16754
16755
16756 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16757
16758 ;;;***
16759 \f
16760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16761 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16763
16764 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16765 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16766 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16767 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16768
16769 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16770
16771 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16772 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16773 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16774
16775 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16776
16777 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16778 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16779 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16780
16781 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16782
16783 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16784 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16785 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16786 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16787
16788 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16789
16790 ;;;***
16791 \f
16792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16793 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16795
16796 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16797 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16798 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16799 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16800 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16801 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16802 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16803 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16804
16805 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16806 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16807
16808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16809 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16810
16811 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16812
16813 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16814 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16815 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16816 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16817 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16818 `latin1-display-setup'.
16819
16820 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16821
16822 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16823 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16824 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16825 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16826
16827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16828 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16829
16830 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16831
16832 ;;;***
16833 \f
16834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16835 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16837
16838 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16839 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16840
16841 \(fn)" t nil)
16842
16843 ;;;***
16844 \f
16845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16847
16848 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16849 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16850 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16851 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16852 generations (this defaults to 1).
16853
16854 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16855
16856 ;;;***
16857 \f
16858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16859 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16860 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16861
16862 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16863 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16864 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16865 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16866 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16867
16868 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16869
16870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16871
16872 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16873 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16874 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16876 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16877 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16878
16879 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16880
16881 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16882 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16883 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16884 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16885 ARG is omitted or nil.
16886
16887 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16888 `linum-on' would do it.
16889 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16890
16891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16892
16893 ;;;***
16894 \f
16895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16896 ;;;;;; 0))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16898
16899 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16900 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16901 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16902 is nil, raise an error.
16903
16904 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16905 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16906 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16907 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16908 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16909 defined by the library.
16910
16911 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16912 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16913 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16914 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16915 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16916 proceeds.
16917
16918 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16919 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16920 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16921 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16922
16923 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16924
16925 ;;;***
16926 \f
16927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16929
16930 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16931 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16932 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16933
16934 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16935
16936 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16937 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16938 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16939 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16940
16941 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16942 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16943 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16944 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16945 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16946 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16947 the version.)
16948
16949 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16950 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16951
16952 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16953 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16954
16955 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16956 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16957
16958 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16959
16960 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16961 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16962 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16963 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16964 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16965 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16966 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16967 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16968 to constrain a big search.
16969
16970 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16971
16972 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16973 except that FILTER is not optional.
16974
16975 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16976
16977 ;;;***
16978 \f
16979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21239 25528 651427
16980 ;;;;;; 0))
16981 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16982
16983 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16984 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16985 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16986 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16987 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16988 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16989 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16990 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16991 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16992 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16993
16994 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16995 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16996 associated values:
16997 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16998 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16999 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17000 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17001 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17002
17003 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17004 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17005 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17006
17007 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17008
17009 ;;;***
17010 \f
17011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
17012 ;;;;;; 0))
17013 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17014
17015 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17016 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17017
17018 \(fn)" t nil)
17019
17020 ;;;***
17021 \f
17022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17023 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17024
17025 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17026 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17027
17028 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17029 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17030
17031 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17032 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17033 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17034
17035 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17036 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17037
17038 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17039 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17040 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17041 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17042 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17043 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17044 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17045
17046 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17047
17048 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17049 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17050 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17051 switch on this list.
17052 See `lpr-command'.")
17053
17054 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17055
17056 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17057 Name of program for printing a file.
17058
17059 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17060 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17061 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17062 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17063 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17064 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17065 argument.")
17066
17067 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17068
17069 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17070 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17071 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17072 for customization of the printer command.
17073
17074 \(fn)" t nil)
17075
17076 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17077 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17078
17079 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17080 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17081 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17082 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17083
17084 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17085 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17086
17087 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17088 for further customization of the printer command.
17089
17090 \(fn)" t nil)
17091
17092 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17093 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17094 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17095 for customization of the printer command.
17096
17097 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17098
17099 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17100 Paginate and print the region contents.
17101
17102 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17103 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17104 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17105 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17106
17107 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17108 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17109
17110 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17111 for further customization of the printer command.
17112
17113 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17114
17115 ;;;***
17116 \f
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17118 ;;;;;; 0))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17120
17121 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17122 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17123 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17124
17125 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17126
17127 ;;;***
17128 \f
17129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17130 ;;;;;; 0))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17132
17133 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17134 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17135 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17136 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17137
17138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17139
17140 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17141
17142 ;;;***
17143 \f
17144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17145 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17147
17148 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17149 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17150
17151 \(fn)" t nil)
17152
17153 ;;;***
17154 \f
17155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17157
17158 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17159 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17160 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17161 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17162 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17163
17164 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17165
17166 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17167 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17168 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17169 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17170 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17171
17172 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17173 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17174 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17175 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17176 bindings.
17177
17178 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17179 use this command, and then save the file.
17180
17181 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17184 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17185 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17186 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17187 each time the macro executes.
17188 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17189 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17190 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17191 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17192 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17193 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17194 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17195
17196 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17197
17198 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17199 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17200 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17201 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17202
17203 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17204 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17205 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17206 execute.
17207
17208 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17209 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17210
17211 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17212 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17213 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17214 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17215 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17216
17217 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17218 looked like this:
17219
17220 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17221 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17222 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17223
17224 You could enter the names in this format:
17225
17226 foo
17227 bar
17228 baz
17229
17230 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17231
17232 \\C-x (
17233 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17234 \\C-x )
17235
17236 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17237 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17238
17239 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17240 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17241
17242 ;;;***
17243 \f
17244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17245 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17247
17248 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17249 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17250 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17251 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17252 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17253 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17254
17255 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17256 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17257 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17258 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17259 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17260
17261 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17262 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17263 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17264 consing a string.)
17265
17266 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17267
17268 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17269 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17270
17271 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17272
17273 ;;;***
17274 \f
17275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17276 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17278
17279 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17280 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17281
17282 \(fn)" nil nil)
17283
17284 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17285
17286
17287 \(fn)" nil nil)
17288
17289 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17290 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17291
17292 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17293
17294 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17295 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17296 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17297 message.
17298
17299 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17300
17301 \(fn)" nil nil)
17302
17303 ;;;***
17304 \f
17305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17306 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17307 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17308
17309 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17310 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17311 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17312 often correct parser.")
17313
17314 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17315
17316 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17317 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17318 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17319 a value which excludes your own email address.
17320
17321 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17322 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17323
17324 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17325
17326 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17327 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17328
17329 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17330
17331 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17332 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17333 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17334 we return it unconverted.
17335
17336 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17337 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17338
17339 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17340
17341 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17342 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17343 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17344 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17345
17346 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17347
17348 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17349 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17350 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17351 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17352
17353 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17356 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17357 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17358 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17359 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17360 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17361 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17362 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17363 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17364 as Rmail does.
17365
17366 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17367
17368 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17369 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17370 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17371 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17372 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17373 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17374 matches may be returned from the message body.
17375
17376 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17377
17378 ;;;***
17379 \f
17380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17381 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17383
17384 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17385 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17386 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17388 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17389 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17390
17391 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17392
17393 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17394 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17395 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17396 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17397 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17398
17399 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17400 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17401 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17402 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17403
17404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17405
17406 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17407 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17408
17409 \(fn)" nil nil)
17410
17411 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17412 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17413 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17414
17415 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17416
17417 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17418 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17419 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17420
17421 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17422 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17423 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17424 double-quotes.
17425
17426 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17427
17428 ;;;***
17429 \f
17430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17431 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17433
17434 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17435 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17436 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17437 king@grassland.com
17438 If `parens', they look like:
17439 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17440 If `angles', they look like:
17441 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17442
17443 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17444
17445 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17446 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17447 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17448 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17449 their `Resent-' variants.
17450
17451 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17452 removed from alias expansions.
17453
17454 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17455
17456 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17457 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17458 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17459
17460 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17461 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17462 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17463 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17464
17465 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17466
17467 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17468 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17469 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17470
17471 \(fn)" nil nil)
17472
17473 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17474 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17475 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17476 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17477
17478 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17479
17480 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17481
17482 ;;;***
17483 \f
17484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17485 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17487
17488 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17489 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17490 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17491 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17492
17493 \(fn)" nil nil)
17494
17495 ;;;***
17496 \f
17497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17498 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17500
17501 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17502 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17503
17504 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17505 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17506 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17507 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17508 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17509 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17510
17511 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17512 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17513 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17514 dependency, despite the colon.
17515
17516 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17517
17518 In the browser, use the following keys:
17519
17520 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17521
17522 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17523
17524 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17525 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17526
17527 `makefile-target-colon':
17528 The string that gets appended to all target names
17529 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17530 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17531
17532 `makefile-macro-assign':
17533 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17534 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17535 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17536 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17537 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17538 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17539
17540 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17541 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17542 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17543
17544 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17545 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17546
17547 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17548 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17549 up or down in the browser.
17550
17551 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17552 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17553
17554 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17555 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17556
17557 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17558 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17559 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17560 has been selected in the browser.
17561
17562 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17563 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17564 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17565 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17566 filenames are omitted.
17567
17568 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17569 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17570 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17571 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17572 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17573 the backslash itself intact.
17574 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17575 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17576
17577 `makefile-browser-hook':
17578 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17579 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17580
17581 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17582 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17583 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17584 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17585
17586 \(fn)" t nil)
17587
17588 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17589 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17590
17591 \(fn)" t nil)
17592
17593 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17594 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17595
17596 \(fn)" t nil)
17597
17598 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17599 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17600
17601 \(fn)" t nil)
17602
17603 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17604 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17605
17606 \(fn)" t nil)
17607
17608 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17609 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17610
17611 \(fn)" t nil)
17612
17613 ;;;***
17614 \f
17615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17616 ;;;;;; 0))
17617 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17618
17619 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17620 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17621 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17622
17623 \(fn)" t nil)
17624
17625 ;;;***
17626 \f
17627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17629
17630 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17631
17632 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17633 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17634 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17635 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17636 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17637 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17638 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17639 page, it will display immediately.
17640
17641 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17642 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17643 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17644
17645 cat(1)
17646 1 cat
17647
17648 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17649 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17650 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17651 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17652
17653 -a chmod
17654
17655 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17656 otherwise look like a page name.
17657
17658 /my/file/name.1.gz
17659 -l somefile.1
17660
17661 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17662 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17663 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17664
17665 -k pattern
17666
17667 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17668
17669 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17670 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17671
17672 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17673
17674 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17675 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17676
17677 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17678
17679 ;;;***
17680 \f
17681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17682 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17683 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17684
17685 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17686 Toggle Master mode.
17687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17688 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17689 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17690
17691 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17692 using the following commands:
17693
17694 \\{master-mode-map}
17695
17696 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17697 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17698 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17699
17700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17701
17702 ;;;***
17703 \f
17704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17705 ;;;;;; 0))
17706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17707
17708 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17709 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17710 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17713 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17714
17715 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17716
17717 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17718 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17720 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17721 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17722
17723 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17724 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17725 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17726 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17727
17728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17729
17730 ;;;***
17731 \f
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17734 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17735
17736 ;;;***
17737 \f
17738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21296 1575 438327
17739 ;;;;;; 0))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17741
17742 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17743
17744 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17745 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17746 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17747 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17748 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17749 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17750 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17751 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17752 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17753 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17754 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17755 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17756 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17757 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17758 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17759 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17760 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17761 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17762 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17763 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17764 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17765 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17766 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17767 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17768 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17769 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17770 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17771 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17772 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17773 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17774 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17775 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17776 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17777 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17778 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17779 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17780 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17781 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17782
17783 \(fn)" t nil)
17784
17785 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17786 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17787 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17788 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17789 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17790
17791 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17794 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17795
17796 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17797
17798 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17799 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17800
17801 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17802
17803 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17804 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17805
17806 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17807
17808 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17809 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17810 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17811
17812 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17813
17814 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17815 Cancel an article you posted.
17816 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17817
17818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17821 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17822 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17823 header line with the old Message-ID.
17824
17825 \(fn)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17828 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17829
17830 \(fn)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17833 Forward the current message via mail.
17834 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17835 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17836
17837 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17840
17841
17842 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17843
17844 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17845
17846
17847 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17848
17849 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17850 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17851
17852 \(fn)" t nil)
17853
17854 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17855 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17856
17857 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17860 Re-mail the current message.
17861 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17862 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17863 you.
17864
17865 \(fn)" t nil)
17866
17867 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17868 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17869
17870 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17871
17872 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17873 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17874
17875 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17876
17877 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17878 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17879
17880 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17881
17882 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17883 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17884
17885 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17888 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17889 Works by overstriking characters.
17890 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17891 which specify the range to operate on.
17892
17893 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17896 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17897 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17898 which specify the range to operate on.
17899
17900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17901
17902 ;;;***
17903 \f
17904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17905 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17907 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17908
17909 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17910 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17911
17912 \(fn)" t nil)
17913
17914 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17915 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17916
17917 \(fn)" t nil)
17918
17919 ;;;***
17920 \f
17921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17922 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17923 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17924
17925 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17926 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17927 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17928
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17930
17931 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17932 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17933 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17934 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17935 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17936 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17937 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17938
17939 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17940
17941 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17942 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17943 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17944 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17945 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17946 means current).
17947 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17948 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17949
17950 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17951
17952 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17953 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17954 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17955 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17956 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17957 means current).
17958 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17959 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17960
17961 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17962
17963 ;;;***
17964 \f
17965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17966 ;;;;;; 0))
17967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17968
17969 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17970 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17971 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17972
17973 \(fn)" t nil)
17974
17975 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17976 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17977 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17978
17979 \(fn)" t nil)
17980
17981 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17982 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17983
17984 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17985 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17986 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17987
17988 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17989 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17990
17991 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17992 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17993
17994 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17995
17996 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17997
17998 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17999 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18000 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18001 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18002 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18003 as `compose-mail'.
18004
18005 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18006 initial Subject field, respectively.
18007
18008 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18009 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18010 are strings.
18011
18012 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18013 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18014
18015 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18018 Save draft and send message.
18019
18020 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18021 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18022 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18023 Mail Delivery*\".
18024
18025 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18026 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18027 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18028
18029 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18030 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18031 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18032 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18033 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18034 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18035
18036 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18037 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18038
18039 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18040 message and scan line.
18041
18042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18043
18044 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18045 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18046
18047 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18048 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18049 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18050 delete the draft message.
18051
18052 \(fn)" t nil)
18053
18054 ;;;***
18055 \f
18056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21286 52150 476720 0))
18057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18058 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18059
18060 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18061
18062 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18063
18064 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18065
18066 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18067 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18068
18069 \(fn)" t nil)
18070
18071 ;;;***
18072 \f
18073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18074 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18076
18077 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18078 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18079 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18080
18081 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18082 the MH mail system.
18083
18084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18085
18086 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18087 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18088 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18089
18090 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18091 the MH mail system.
18092
18093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18094
18095 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18096 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18097
18098 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18099 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18100 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18101 separate command.
18102
18103 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18104 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18105 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18106 format.
18107
18108 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18109
18110 Ranges
18111 ======
18112 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18113 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18114 can be used in several ways.
18115
18116 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18117 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18118 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18119 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18120 page):
18121
18122 <num1>-<num2>
18123 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18124 The range must be nonempty.
18125
18126 <num>:N
18127 <num>:+N
18128 <num>:-N
18129 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18130 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18131 last.
18132
18133 first:N
18134 prev:N
18135 next:N
18136 last:N
18137 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18138
18139 all
18140 All of the messages.
18141
18142 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18143 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18144
18145 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18146 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18147 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18148
18149 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18150
18151 \(fn)" t nil)
18152
18153 ;;;***
18154 \f
18155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18156 ;;;;;; 0))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18158
18159 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18160 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18161 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18162 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18163 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18164 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18165 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18166 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18167 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18168 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18169 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18170
18171 \(fn)" t nil)
18172
18173 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18174 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18175 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18176 to its second argument TM.
18177
18178 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18179
18180 ;;;***
18181 \f
18182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18183 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18184 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18185
18186 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18187 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18188 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18191 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18192
18193 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18194
18195 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18196 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18198 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18199 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18200
18201 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18202 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18203 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18204 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18205 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18206 is modified to remove the default indication.
18207
18208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18209
18210 ;;;***
18211 \f
18212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18213 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18214
18215 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18216 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18217 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18218 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18219 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18220 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18221 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18222 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18223 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18224
18225 \(fn)" t nil)
18226
18227 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18228 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18229 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18230 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18231 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18232 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18233 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18234 The return value is always nil.
18235
18236 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18237
18238 ;;;***
18239 \f
18240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18241 ;;;;;; 0))
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18243 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18244
18245 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18246 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18247
18248 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18249 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18250 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18251 next occurrence.
18252
18253 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18254 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18255 end of the search space).
18256
18257 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18258 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18259 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18260 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18261 should return the previous buffer to search.
18262
18263 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18264 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18265 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18266
18267 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18268 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18269 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18270 Isearch starts.")
18271
18272 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18273 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18274 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18275
18276 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18277 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18278 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18279
18280 \(fn)" nil nil)
18281
18282 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18283 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18284 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18285 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18286 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18287 whose names match the specified regexp.
18288
18289 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18290
18291 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18292 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18293 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18294 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18295 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18296 whose names match the specified regexp.
18297
18298 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18299
18300 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18301 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18302 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18303 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18304 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18305 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18306 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18307
18308 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18309
18310 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18311 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18312 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18313 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18314 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18315 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18316 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18317
18318 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18319
18320 ;;;***
18321 \f
18322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18323 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18325 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18326
18327 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18328 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18329
18330 \(fn)" t nil)
18331
18332 ;;;***
18333 \f
18334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18335 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18337
18338 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18339 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18340
18341 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18342
18343 ;;;***
18344 \f
18345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18346 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18348
18349 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18350 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18351
18352 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18353
18354 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18355 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18356 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18357 the entire message.
18358 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18359
18360 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18361
18362 ;;;***
18363 \f
18364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18365 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18367
18368 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18369 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18370 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18371 the entire message.
18372 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18373
18374 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18375
18376 ;;;***
18377 \f
18378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18379 ;;;;;; 0))
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18381
18382 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18383 Insert file contents of URL.
18384 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18385
18386 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18387
18388 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18389 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18390
18391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18392
18393 ;;;***
18394 \f
18395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21187 63826 213216
18396 ;;;;;; 0))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18398
18399 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18400 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18401 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18402 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18403 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18404
18405 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18406
18407 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18408 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18409 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18410
18411 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
18416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18417
18418 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18419 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18420
18421 \(fn)" nil nil)
18422
18423 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18424 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18425 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18426 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18427 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18428
18429 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18430 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18431 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18432 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18433 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18434 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18435
18436 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18437
18438 ;;;***
18439 \f
18440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18441 ;;;;;; 0))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18443
18444 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18445
18446
18447 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18448
18449 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18450
18451
18452 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18453
18454 ;;;***
18455 \f
18456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21296 1575 438327
18457 ;;;;;; 0))
18458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18459
18460 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18461
18462
18463 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18464
18465 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18466
18467
18468 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18471
18472
18473 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18474
18475 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18476
18477
18478 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18479
18480 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18481
18482
18483 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18484
18485 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18486
18487
18488 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18489
18490 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18491
18492
18493 \(fn)" nil nil)
18494
18495 ;;;***
18496 \f
18497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18498 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18499 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18500
18501 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18502
18503 ;;;***
18504 \f
18505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18506 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18508
18509 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18510
18511 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18512 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18513 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18514 followed by the first character of the construct.
18515 \\<m2-mode-map>
18516 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18517 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18518 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18519 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18520 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18521 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18522 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18523 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18524 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18525 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18526 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18527 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18528 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18529 \\[m2-link] link
18530
18531 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18532 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18533 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18534
18535 \(fn)" t nil)
18536
18537 ;;;***
18538 \f
18539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18540 ;;;;;; 0))
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18542
18543 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18544 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18545
18546 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18547
18548 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18549 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18550
18551 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18552
18553 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18554 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18555
18556 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18557
18558 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18559 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18560
18561 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18562
18563 ;;;***
18564 \f
18565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18566 ;;;;;; 0))
18567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18568
18569 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18570 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18571
18572 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18573 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18574 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18575
18576 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18577 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18578 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18579
18580 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18581 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18582
18583 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18584 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18585 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18586 hemisphere you're in.)
18587
18588 To test this function, evaluate:
18589 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18590
18591 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18592
18593 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18594 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18595
18596 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18597 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18598
18599 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18600 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18601 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18602
18603 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18604 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18605
18606 To test this function, evaluate:
18607 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18608
18609 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18610
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18615
18616 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18617 Main entry point for MPC.
18618
18619 \(fn)" t nil)
18620
18621 ;;;***
18622 \f
18623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18624 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18625
18626 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18627 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18628
18629 \(fn)" t nil)
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18635
18636 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18637 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18638 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18640 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18641 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18642
18643 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18644
18645 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18646 Toggle Msb mode.
18647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18648 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18649 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18650
18651 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18652 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18653
18654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18655
18656 ;;;***
18657 \f
18658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18659 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18660 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18661
18662 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display a list of all character sets.
18664
18665 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18666 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18667 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18668 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18669 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18670
18671 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18672 but still shows the full information.
18673
18674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18677 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18678 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18679
18680 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18681 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18682 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18683 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18684 meanings of these arguments.
18685
18686 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18690
18691 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18692
18693 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18695
18696 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18697
18698 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18700
18701 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18705
18706 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18707 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18708 in place of `..':
18709 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18710 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18711 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18712 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18713 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18714 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18715 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18716 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18717 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18718 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18719 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18720 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18721 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18722 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18723 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18724 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18725
18726 \(fn)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18730
18731 \(fn)" t nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18734 Display a list of all coding systems.
18735 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18736
18737 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18738 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18739
18740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display a list of all coding categories.
18744
18745 \(fn)" nil nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18749 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18750
18751 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18752
18753 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display information about FONTSET.
18755 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18756
18757 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18760 Display a list of all fontsets.
18761 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18762 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18763 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18764
18765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18766
18767 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18768 Display information about all input methods.
18769
18770 \(fn)" t nil)
18771
18772 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18773 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18774
18775 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18776 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18777 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18778 system which uses fontsets).
18779
18780 \(fn)" t nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18783 Show log of font listing and opening.
18784 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18785 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18786
18787 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18788
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21187
18792 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18794
18795 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18796 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18797
18798 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18799 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18800
18801 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18802 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18803
18804 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18805
18806 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18807 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18808 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18809 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18810 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18811 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18812 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18813
18814 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18815 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18816 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18817 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18818 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18819 middle of a character in STR.
18820
18821 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18822 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18823
18824 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18825 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18826 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18827 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18828 defaults to \"...\".
18829
18830 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18831
18832 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18833 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18834
18835 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18836 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18837 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18838
18839 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18840 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18841 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18842
18843 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18844 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18845 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18846 are considered.
18847 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18848 longer than KEYSEQ.
18849 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18850
18851 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18854 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18855 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18856 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18857 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18858 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18859 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18860 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18861 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18862 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18863 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18864
18865 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18868 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18869
18870 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18871
18872 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18873 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18874
18875 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18876
18877 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18878 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18879
18880 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18881
18882 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18883 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18884
18885 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18886
18887 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18888 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18889 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18890 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18891 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18892
18893 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18894 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18895
18896 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18897 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18898 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18899 coding systems ordered by priority.
18900
18901 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18902
18903 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18904
18905 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18906 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18907 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18908 language environment LANG-ENV.
18909
18910 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18911
18912 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18913 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18914 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18915 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18916 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18917 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18918
18919 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18920
18921 ;;;***
18922 \f
18923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18924 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18925 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18926
18927 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18928 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18929
18930 \(fn)" t nil)
18931
18932 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18933 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18934
18935 \(fn)" t nil)
18936
18937 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18938 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18939
18940 \(fn)" t nil)
18941
18942 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18943 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18944
18945 \(fn)" t nil)
18946
18947 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18948 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18949
18950 \(fn)" t nil)
18951
18952 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18953 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18954
18955 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18956
18957 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18958 Ping HOST.
18959 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18960 `ping-program-options'.
18961
18962 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18965 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18966
18967 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18970 Run nslookup program.
18971
18972 \(fn)" t nil)
18973
18974 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18975 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18976
18977 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18978
18979 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18980 Run dig program.
18981
18982 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18983
18984 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18985 Run ftp program.
18986
18987 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18988
18989 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18990 Finger USER on HOST.
18991
18992 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18993
18994 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18995 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18996 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18997 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18998
18999 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19002
19003
19004 \(fn)" t nil)
19005
19006 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19007 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19008
19009 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19012 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19013
19014 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19015
19016 ;;;***
19017 \f
19018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19019 ;;;;;; 0))
19020 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19021
19022 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19023 Return a user name/password pair.
19024 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19025 listed in the PORTS list.
19026
19027 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19028
19029 ;;;***
19030 \f
19031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
19032 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19034
19035 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19036 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19037 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19038 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19039 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19040 closes it.
19041
19042 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19043 make it unique.
19044 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19045 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19046 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19047 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19048 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19049 a port number to connect to.
19050
19051 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19052 values:
19053
19054 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19055 nil or `network'
19056 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19057 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19058 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19059 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19060 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19061 an unencrypted connection.
19062 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19063 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19064 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19065 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19066 returned object is a killed process.
19067 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19068 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19069 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19070
19071 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19072 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19073 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19074 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19075 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19076 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19077 or nil if none could be found.
19078 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19079 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19080
19081 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19082
19083 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19084 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19085 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19086
19087 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19088 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19089 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19090
19091 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19092 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19093 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19094
19095 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19096 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19097 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19098 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19099
19100 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19101 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19102
19103 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19104 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19105 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19106 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19107 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19108 or STARTTLS connections.
19109
19110 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19111 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19112
19113 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19114 a greeting from the server.
19115
19116 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19117 asynchronously, if possible.
19118
19119 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19120
19121 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19122
19123 ;;;***
19124 \f
19125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19126 ;;;;;; 57908 370145 500000))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19128
19129 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19130 Check whether newsticker is running.
19131 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19132 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19133
19134 \(fn)" nil nil)
19135
19136 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19137 Start the newsticker.
19138 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19139 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19140 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19141 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19142
19143 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19144
19145 ;;;***
19146 \f
19147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19148 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19150
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19152 Start newsticker plainview.
19153
19154 \(fn)" t nil)
19155
19156 ;;;***
19157 \f
19158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19159 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19161
19162 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19163 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19164
19165 \(fn)" t nil)
19166
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19170 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19172
19173 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19174 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19175 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19176 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19177 empty.
19178
19179 \(fn)" nil nil)
19180
19181 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19182 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19183 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19184 running already.
19185
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19187
19188 ;;;***
19189 \f
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21187
19191 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19193
19194 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19195 Start newsticker treeview.
19196
19197 \(fn)" t nil)
19198
19199 ;;;***
19200 \f
19201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19202 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19204 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19205
19206 ;;;***
19207 \f
19208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19209 ;;;;;; 0))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19211
19212 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19213 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19214
19215 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19216
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19220 ;;;;;; 0))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19222
19223 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19224 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19225 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19226 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19227 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19228 symbol in the alist.
19229
19230 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19231
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19235 ;;;;;; 0))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19237
19238 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19239 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19240 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19241
19242 \(fn)" t nil)
19243
19244 ;;;***
19245 \f
19246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (21187 63826
19247 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19249 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19250
19251 ;;;***
19252 \f
19253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19255
19256 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19257 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19258
19259 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19260
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19264 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19265
19266 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19267
19268 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19269 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19270 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19271
19272 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19273
19274
19275 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19276
19277 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19278 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19279 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19280 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19281 to future sessions.
19282
19283 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19284
19285 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19286 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19287 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19288 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19289 future sessions.
19290
19291 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19296 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19298
19299 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19300 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19301 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19302 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19303 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19304 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19305
19306 \(fn)" t nil)
19307
19308 ;;;***
19309 \f
19310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19312 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19317 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19321 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19322 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19323 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19324
19325 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19326
19327 ;;;***
19328 \f
19329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21293 25385
19330 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19331 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19332
19333 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19334 Major mode for editing XML.
19335
19336 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19337 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19338 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19339 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19340 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19341 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19342 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19343
19344 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19345
19346 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19347 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19348
19349 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19350 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19351 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19352 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19353 instead of C-c.
19354
19355 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19356 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19357 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19358 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19359 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19360 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19361
19362 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19363 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19364 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19365
19366 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19367 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19368 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19369
19370 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19371 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19372 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19373 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19374 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19375 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19376 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19377 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19378 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19379
19380 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19381
19382 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19383 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19384
19385 \(fn)" t nil)
19386
19387 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19388
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19392 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19394
19395 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19396 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19397 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19398 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19399
19400 \(fn)" t nil)
19401
19402 ;;;***
19403 \f
19404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21240 46395
19405 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
19406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19407
19408 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19409 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19410
19411 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19412 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19413 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19414 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19415
19416 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19417
19418 Key bindings:
19419 \\{octave-mode-map}
19420
19421 \(fn)" t nil)
19422
19423 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19424 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19425 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19426
19427 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19428
19429 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19430 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19431
19432 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19433 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19434 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19435
19436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19437
19438 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19439
19440 ;;;***
19441 \f
19442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19443 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19445
19446 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19447
19448 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19449 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19450 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19451 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19452 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19453
19454 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19455
19456 Customization:
19457
19458 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19459 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19460 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19461 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19462 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19463 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19464 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19465 Directories to search when finding external units.
19466 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19467 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19468
19469 Coloring:
19470
19471 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19472 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19473
19474 \(fn)" t nil)
19475
19476 ;;;***
19477 \f
19478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21196 19423 102965 0))
19479 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19480
19481 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19482 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19483
19484 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19485
19486 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19487 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19488 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19489 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19490 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19491 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19492
19493 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19494
19495 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19496 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19497 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19498 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19499 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19500
19501 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19502
19503 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19504 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19505
19506 \(fn)" nil nil)
19507
19508 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19509 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19510
19511 \(fn)" nil nil)
19512
19513 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19514 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19515 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19516
19517 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19518 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19519 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19520 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19521 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19522 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19523 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19524 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19525 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19526 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19527
19528 The following commands are available:
19529
19530 \\{org-mode-map}
19531
19532 \(fn)" t nil)
19533
19534 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19535 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19536
19537 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19538 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19539 in special contexts.
19540
19541 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19542 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19543 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19544 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19545 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19546 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19547 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19548 properties in the buffer.
19549 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19550 including any drawers.
19551
19552 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19553
19554 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19555 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19556 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19557 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19558 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19559 and zoom in further.
19560 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19561 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19562
19563 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19564 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19565 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19566 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19567 times right after creating a new headline.
19568
19569 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19570 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19571 is negative, go up that many levels.
19572
19573 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19574 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19575 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19576
19577 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19578 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19579 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19580 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19581
19582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19583
19584 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19585 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19587 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19588
19589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19590 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19591
19592 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19593 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19594 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19595 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19596 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19597 defined by Org-mode).
19598
19599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19602 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19603
19604 \(fn)" nil nil)
19605
19606 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19607 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19608
19609 \(fn)" nil nil)
19610
19611 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19612 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19613 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19614 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19615 call CMD.
19616
19617 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19618
19619 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19620 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19621 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19622 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19623
19624 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19625 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19626 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19627
19628 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19629 part of Org's core.
19630
19631 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19632 active region.
19633
19634 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19635
19636 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19637 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19638 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19639
19640 \(fn)" t nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19643 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19644 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19645 Org-mode syntax.
19646
19647 \(fn)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19650 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19651
19652 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19655 Switch between Org buffers.
19656 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19657 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19658
19659 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19660 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19661
19662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19663
19664 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19665
19666 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19667
19668 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19669 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19670 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19671 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19672
19673 \(fn)" t nil)
19674
19675 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19676 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19677
19678 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19679
19680 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19681 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19682 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19683
19684 \(fn)" t nil)
19685
19686 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19687 Reload all org lisp files.
19688 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19689
19690 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19691
19692 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19693 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19694
19695 \(fn)" t nil)
19696
19697 ;;;***
19698 \f
19699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21197 43194
19700 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
19701 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19702
19703 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19704 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19705
19706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19707
19708 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19709 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19710 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19711 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19712
19713 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19714 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19715 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19716 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19717 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19718 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19719 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19720 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19721 e Export views to associated files.
19722 s Search entries for keywords.
19723 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19724 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19725 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19726 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19727 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19728 > Remove a previous restriction.
19729 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19730 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19731 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19732
19733 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19734 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19735 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19736
19737 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19738 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19739 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19740 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19741 \(if active).
19742
19743 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19744
19745 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19746 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19747 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19748 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19749 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19750 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19751 before running the agenda command.
19752
19753 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19754
19755 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19756 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19757 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19758 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19759 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19760 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19761 before running the agenda command.
19762
19763 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19764 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19765
19766 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19767
19768 category The category of the item
19769 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19770 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19771 todo selected in TODO match
19772 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19773 diary imported from diary
19774 deadline a deadline on given date
19775 scheduled scheduled on given date
19776 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19777 closed entry was closed on given date
19778 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19779 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19780 block entry has date block including g. date
19781 todo The todo keyword, if any
19782 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19783 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19784 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19785 extra Sting with extra planning info
19786 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19787 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19788 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19789
19790 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19791
19792 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19793 Store agenda views.
19794
19795 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19796
19797 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19798 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19799
19800 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19803 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19804 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19805 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19806
19807 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19808 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19809 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19810
19811 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19812 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19813
19814 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19815 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19816
19817 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19818
19819 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19820 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19821
19822 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19823 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19824 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19825 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19826 EDIT-AT.
19827
19828 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19829 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19830 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19831 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19832 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19833 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19834
19835 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19836 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19837 including newlines.
19838
19839 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19840 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19841 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19842 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19843 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19844 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19845 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19846
19847 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19848 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19849 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19850 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19851
19852 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19853 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19854 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19855 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19856 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19857 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19858 Boolean search must match as full words.
19859
19860 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19861 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19862
19863 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19864
19865 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19866 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19867 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19868 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19869 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19870 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19871
19872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19873
19874 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19875 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19876 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19877
19878 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19879
19880 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19881 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19882 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19883 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19884 `org-stuck-projects'.
19885
19886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19887
19888 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19889 Return diary information from org files.
19890 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19891 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19892 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19893 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19894 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19895
19896 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19897
19898 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19899
19900 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19901 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19902
19903 &%%(org-diary)
19904
19905 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19906 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19907 So the example above may also be written as
19908
19909 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19910
19911 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19912 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19913 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19914
19915 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19916
19917 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19918 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19919
19920 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19921
19922 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19923 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19924 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19925 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19926 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19927
19928 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19929
19930 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19931 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19932 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19933
19934 \(fn)" t nil)
19935
19936 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19937 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19938 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19939 appointments.
19940
19941 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19942 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19943
19944 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19945 for filtering entries out.
19946
19947 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19948 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19949 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19950
19951 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19952 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19953
19954 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19955 (category \"Work\"))
19956
19957 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19958 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19959
19960 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19961 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19962 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19963 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19964 details and examples.
19965
19966 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19967 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19968
19969 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19970
19971 ;;;***
19972 \f
19973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21187 63826
19974 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19975 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19978 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19979
19980 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19981
19982 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19983 Capture something.
19984 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19985 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19986 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19987 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19988 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19989 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19990
19991 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19992 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19993 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19994 stored.
19995
19996 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19997
19998 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19999 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20000 will be bypassed.
20001
20002 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20003 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20004 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20005 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20006
20007 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20008
20009 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20010 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20011
20012 \(fn)" t nil)
20013
20014 ;;;***
20015 \f
20016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21187 63826
20017 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20018 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20019
20020 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20021 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20022
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20024
20025 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20026
20027
20028 \(fn)" nil nil)
20029
20030 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20031 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20032 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20033
20034 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20035
20036 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20037 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20038
20039 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20040
20041 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20042 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20043
20044 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20045
20046 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20047 Write the column view table.
20048 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20049
20050 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20051 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20052 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20053 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20054 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20055 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20056 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20057 using `org-id-find'.
20058 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20059 a hline before each level <= that number.
20060 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20061 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20062 :skip-empty-rows
20063 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20064 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20065
20066 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20067
20068 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20069 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20070
20071 \(fn)" t nil)
20072
20073 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20074 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20075
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20077
20078 ;;;***
20079 \f
20080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21187 63826
20081 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20082 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20083
20084 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20085 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20086
20087 \(fn)" nil t)
20088
20089 ;;;***
20090 \f
20091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20092 ;;;;;; 0))
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20094
20095 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20096 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20097
20098 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20099
20100 ;;;***
20101 \f
20102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21260 56437
20103 ;;;;;; 870858 217000))
20104 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20105
20106 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20107 The release version of org-mode.
20108 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20109
20110 \(fn)" nil nil)
20111
20112 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20113 The Git version of org-mode.
20114 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20115
20116 \(fn)" nil nil)
20117
20118 ;;;***
20119 \f
20120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20121 ;;;;;; 0))
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20123 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20124 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20125
20126 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20127 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20128 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20129 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20130
20131 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20132 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20133 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20134 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20135
20136 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20137 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20138 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20139 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20140 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20141 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20142
20143 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20144 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20145 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20146
20147 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20148 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20149 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20150 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20151 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20152 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20153 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20154 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20155 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20156 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20157 The subheadings remain visible.
20158 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20159
20160 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20161 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20162 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20163
20164 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20165 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20166
20167 \(fn)" t nil)
20168
20169 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20170 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20171 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20172 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20173 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20174
20175 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20176
20177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20178 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20179
20180 ;;;***
20181 \f
20182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21299 64170
20183 ;;;;;; 881226 0))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20185 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20186
20187 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20188 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20189 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20190 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20191 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20192
20193 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20194 activate the package system at any time.")
20195
20196 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20197
20198 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20199 Install the package PKG.
20200 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20201 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20202
20203 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20206 Install a package from the current buffer.
20207 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20208 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20209 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20210
20211 \(fn)" t nil)
20212
20213 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20214 Install a package from a file.
20215 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20216
20217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20218
20219 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20220 Import keys from FILE.
20221
20222 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20225 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20226 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20227 makes them available for download.
20228
20229 \(fn)" t nil)
20230
20231 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20232 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20233 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20234 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20235
20236 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20237
20238 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20239 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20240
20241 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20242
20243 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20244 Display a list of packages.
20245 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20246 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20247 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20248
20249 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20250
20251 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20252
20253 ;;;***
20254 \f
20255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20256 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20257
20258 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20259 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20260 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20262 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20263 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20264
20265 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20266
20267 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20268 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20271 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20272
20273 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20274 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20275 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20276
20277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20278
20279 ;;;***
20280 \f
20281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21296
20282 ;;;;;; 1575 438327 0))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20284 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20285
20286 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20287 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20288 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20289 unknown are returned as nil.
20290
20291 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20292
20293 ;;;***
20294 \f
20295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21282 19826
20296 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20298
20299 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20300 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20301 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20302
20303 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20304 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20305
20306 Other useful functions are:
20307
20308 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20309 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20310 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20311 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20312 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20313 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20314 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20315 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20316 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20317
20318 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20319
20320 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20321 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20322 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20323 Indentation for case statements.
20324 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20325 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20326 mark after an end.
20327 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20328 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20329 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20330 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20331 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20332 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20333 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20334 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20335 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20336 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20337
20338 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20339 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20340
20341 \(fn)" t nil)
20342
20343 ;;;***
20344 \f
20345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20346 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20347 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20348
20349 (defvar password-cache t "\
20350 Whether to cache passwords.")
20351
20352 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20353
20354 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20355 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20356 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20357
20358 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20359
20360 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20361 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20362
20363 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20364
20365 ;;;***
20366 \f
20367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20368 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20370
20371 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20372 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20373 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20374
20375 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20376 _ matches anything.
20377 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20378 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20379 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20380 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20381 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20382 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20383 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20384 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20385 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20386 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20387
20388 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20389 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20390 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20391 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20392 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20393 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20394
20395 PRED can take the form
20396 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20397 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20398 which is the value being matched.
20399 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20400 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20401 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20402 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20403 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20404
20405 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20406
20407 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20408
20409 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20410 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20411 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20412 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20413
20414 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20415
20416 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20419 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20420 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20421 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20422
20423 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20424
20425 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20426
20427 ;;;***
20428 \f
20429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20430 ;;;;;; 0))
20431 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20432
20433 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20434 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20435
20436 \(fn)" nil nil)
20437
20438 ;;;***
20439 \f
20440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20441 ;;;;;; 0))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20443
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20445 Completion for `gzip'.
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20450 Completion for `bzip2'.
20451
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20453
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20455 Completion for GNU `make'.
20456
20457 \(fn)" nil nil)
20458
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20460 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20461
20462 \(fn)" nil nil)
20463
20464 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20465
20466 ;;;***
20467 \f
20468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20469 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20471
20472 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20473 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20474
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20476
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20478 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20479
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20481
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20483 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20484
20485 \(fn)" nil nil)
20486
20487 ;;;***
20488 \f
20489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20490 ;;;;;; 0))
20491 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20492
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20494 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20495
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497
20498 ;;;***
20499 \f
20500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20501 ;;;;;; 0))
20502 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20503
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20505 Completion for `cd'.
20506
20507 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508
20509 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20510
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20512 Completion for `rmdir'.
20513
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20517 Completion for `rm'.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20522 Completion for `xargs'.
20523
20524 \(fn)" nil nil)
20525
20526 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20527
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20529 Completion for `which'.
20530
20531 \(fn)" nil nil)
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20534 Completion for the `chown' command.
20535
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20539 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20540
20541 \(fn)" nil nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20544 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20545
20546 \(fn)" nil nil)
20547
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20549 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20550 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20551
20552 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553
20554 ;;;***
20555 \f
20556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20557 ;;;;;; 0))
20558 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20559
20560 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20561 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20562
20563 \(fn)" nil nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20566 Completion for the `ack' command.
20567 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20568 long options.
20569
20570 \(fn)" nil nil)
20571
20572 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20573
20574 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20575 Completion for the `ag' command.
20576
20577 \(fn)" nil nil)
20578
20579 ;;;***
20580 \f
20581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20582 ;;;;;; 0))
20583 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20584
20585 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20586 Support extensible programmable completion.
20587 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20588 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20589
20590 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20591
20592 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20593 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20594
20595 \(fn)" t nil)
20596
20597 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20598 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20599 This will modify the current buffer.
20600
20601 \(fn)" t nil)
20602
20603 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20604 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20605
20606 \(fn)" t nil)
20607
20608 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20609 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20610 This will modify the current buffer.
20611
20612 \(fn)" t nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20615 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20616
20617 \(fn)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20620 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20621
20622 \(fn)" t nil)
20623
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20625 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20626 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20627 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20628 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20629
20630 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20631
20632 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20633 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20634
20635 \(fn)" nil nil)
20636
20637 ;;;***
20638 \f
20639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20640 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20641
20642 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20643 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20644 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20645 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20646
20647 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20648
20649 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20650
20651 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20652 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20653 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20654 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20655 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20656 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20657 FLAGS is ignored.
20658
20659 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20660
20661 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20662 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20663 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20664 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20665 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20666 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20667 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20668 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20669
20670 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20671
20672 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20673 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20674 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20675 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20676 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20677 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20678 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20679 passed to cvs.
20680
20681 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20682
20683 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20684 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20685 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20686 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20687 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20688 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20689 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20690
20691 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20692
20693 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20694 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20695 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20696
20697 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20698
20699 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20700 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20701 A value of nil means never do it.
20702 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20703 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20704 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20705
20706 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20707
20708 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20709 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20710 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20711
20712 ;;;***
20713 \f
20714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20715 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20716 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20717
20718 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20719 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20720
20721 ;;;***
20722 \f
20723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21240
20724 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
20725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20726 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20727 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20728 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20729 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20730 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20731 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20732
20733 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20734 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20735 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20736 Tab indents for Perl code.
20737 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20738 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20739 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20740 \\{perl-mode-map}
20741 Variables controlling indentation style:
20742 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20743 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20744 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20745 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20746 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20747 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20748 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20749 `perl-nochange'
20750 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20751 `perl-indent-level'
20752 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20753 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20754 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20755 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20756 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20757 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20758 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20759 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20760 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20761 `perl-brace-offset'
20762 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20763 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20764 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20765 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20766 `perl-label-offset'
20767 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20768 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20769 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20770
20771 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20772 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20773 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20774 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20775 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20776 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20777 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20778
20779 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20780
20781 \(fn)" t nil)
20782
20783 ;;;***
20784 \f
20785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21240 46395
20786 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
20787 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20788
20789 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20790 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20791 \\<picture-mode-map>
20792 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20793 afterwards settable by these commands:
20794
20795 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20796 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20797 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20798 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20799
20800 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20801 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20802 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20803 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20804
20805 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20806 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20807 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20808 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20809
20810 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20811 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20812 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20813 with these commands:
20814
20815 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20816 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20817 Move to column following last
20818 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20819 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20820 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20821 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20822 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20823 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20824
20825 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20826
20827 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20828 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20829 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20830 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20831 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20832 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20833
20834 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20835 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20836 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20837 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20838 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20839 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20840 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20841
20842 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20843 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20844 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20845 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20846 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20847 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20848 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20849 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20850
20851 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20852 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20853 by supplying an argument.
20854
20855 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20856
20857 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20858 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20859
20860 \(fn)" t nil)
20861
20862 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20863
20864 ;;;***
20865 \f
20866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20867 ;;;;;; 0))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20869
20870 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20871 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20872
20873 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20874
20875 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20876 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20877
20878 \(fn)" t nil)
20879
20880 ;;;***
20881 \f
20882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20883 ;;;;;; 0))
20884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20885
20886 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20887 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20888 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20889
20890 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20891
20892 ;;;***
20893 \f
20894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20896
20897 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20898 Play pong and waste time.
20899 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20900 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20901
20902 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20903
20904 \\{pong-mode-map}
20905
20906 \(fn)" t nil)
20907
20908 ;;;***
20909 \f
20910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20912
20913 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20914 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20915 Use streaming commands.
20916
20917 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20918
20919 ;;;***
20920 \f
20921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21187 63826 213216
20922 ;;;;;; 0))
20923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20924
20925 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20926 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20927 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20928 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20929
20930 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20933 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20934
20935 \(fn)" nil nil)
20936
20937 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20938 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20939 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20940 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20941 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20942
20943 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20944
20945 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20946 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20947 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20948
20949 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20952 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20953
20954 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20955
20956 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20957 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20958 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20959 Ignores leading comment characters.
20960
20961 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20964 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20965 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20966 Ignores leading comment characters.
20967
20968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20969
20970 ;;;***
20971 \f
20972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21187 63826 213216
20973 ;;;;;; 0))
20974 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20975 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20976
20977 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20978 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20979
20980 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20981
20982 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20983
20984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20985
20986 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20987 Preview directory using ghostview.
20988
20989 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20990 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20991 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20992 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20993
20994 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20995 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20996 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20997 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20998 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20999 file name.
21000
21001 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21002
21003 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21004
21005 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21006 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21007
21008 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21009 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21010 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21011 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21012
21013 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21014 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21015 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21016 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21017 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21018 file name.
21019
21020 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21021
21022 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21023
21024 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21025 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21026
21027 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21028 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21029 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21030 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21031
21032 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21033 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21034 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21035 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21036 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21037 file name.
21038
21039 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21040
21041 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042
21043 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21044 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21045
21046 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21047
21048 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21049 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21050 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21051 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21052
21053 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21054 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21055 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21056 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21057 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21058 file name.
21059
21060 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21061
21062 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21065 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21066
21067 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21068 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21069 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21070
21071 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21072 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21073 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21074 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21075
21076 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21079 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21080
21081 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21082 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21083 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21084
21085 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21086 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21087 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21088 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21089
21090 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21091
21092 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21093 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21094
21095 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21096 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21097 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21098
21099 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21100 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21101 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21102 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21103
21104 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21105
21106 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21107 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21108
21109 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21110
21111 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21112 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21113 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21114
21115 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21116 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21117 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21118 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21119
21120 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21121
21122 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21123 Preview region using ghostview.
21124
21125 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21126
21127 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21128
21129 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21130 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21131
21132 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21133
21134 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21135
21136 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21137 Print region using PostScript printer.
21138
21139 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21140
21141 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21144 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21145
21146 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21147
21148 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21149
21150 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21151 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21152
21153 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21154
21155 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21158 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21159
21160 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21161
21162 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21163
21164 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21165 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21166
21167 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21168
21169 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21172 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21173
21174 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21175
21176 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21179 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21180 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21181 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21182
21183 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21184 matching.
21185
21186 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21187 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21188
21189 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21190
21191 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21194 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21195 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21196 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21197
21198 \(fn)" t nil)
21199
21200 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21201 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21202 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21203 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21204
21205 \(fn)" t nil)
21206
21207 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21208 Print directory using text printer.
21209
21210 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21211 matching.
21212
21213 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21214 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21215
21216 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21217
21218 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21221 Print buffer using text printer.
21222
21223 \(fn)" t nil)
21224
21225 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21226 Print region using text printer.
21227
21228 \(fn)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21231 Print major mode using text printer.
21232
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21234
21235 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21236 Preview spooled PostScript.
21237
21238 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21239 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21240 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21241
21242 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21243 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21244 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21245
21246 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21249 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21250
21251 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21252 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21253 instead of sending it to the printer.
21254
21255 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21256 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21257 image in a file with that name.
21258
21259 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21262 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21263
21264 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21265 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21266 instead of sending it to the printer.
21267
21268 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21269 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21270 image in a file with that name.
21271
21272 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21275 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21276
21277 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21278 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21279 instead of sending it to the printer.
21280
21281 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21282 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21283 image in a file with that name.
21284
21285 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21286
21287 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21288 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21289
21290 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21293 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21294
21295 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21296
21297 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21298 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21299
21300 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21303 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21304
21305 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21308 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21309
21310 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21313 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21314
21315 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21316 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21317 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21318 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21319
21320 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21321 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21322 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21323 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21324 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21325 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21326 file name.
21327
21328 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21329
21330 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21331 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21332
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21334
21335 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21336 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21337
21338 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21339 right.
21340 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21341 bottom.
21342
21343 \(fn)" t nil)
21344
21345 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21346 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21347
21348 \(fn)" t nil)
21349
21350 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21351 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21352
21353 \(fn)" t nil)
21354
21355 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21356 Toggle printing with faces.
21357
21358 \(fn)" t nil)
21359
21360 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21361 Toggle spooling.
21362
21363 \(fn)" t nil)
21364
21365 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21366 Toggle duplex.
21367
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21371 Toggle tumble.
21372
21373 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21374 right.
21375 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21376 bottom.
21377
21378 \(fn)" t nil)
21379
21380 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21381 Toggle landscape.
21382
21383 \(fn)" t nil)
21384
21385 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21386 Toggle upside-down.
21387
21388 \(fn)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21391 Toggle line number.
21392
21393 \(fn)" t nil)
21394
21395 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21396 Toggle zebra stripes.
21397
21398 \(fn)" t nil)
21399
21400 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21401 Toggle printing header.
21402
21403 \(fn)" t nil)
21404
21405 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21406 Toggle printing header frame.
21407
21408 \(fn)" t nil)
21409
21410 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21411 Toggle menu lock.
21412
21413 \(fn)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21416 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21417
21418 \(fn)" t nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21421 Toggle auto mode.
21422
21423 \(fn)" t nil)
21424
21425 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21426 Customization of the `printing' group.
21427
21428 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21429
21430 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21431 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21432
21433 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21434
21435 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21436 Help for the printing package.
21437
21438 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21439
21440 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21441 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21442
21443 \(fn)" t nil)
21444
21445 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21446 Interactively select a text printer.
21447
21448 \(fn)" t nil)
21449
21450 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21451 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21452
21453 \(fn)" t nil)
21454
21455 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21456 Show current ps-print settings.
21457
21458 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21459
21460 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21461 Show current printing settings.
21462
21463 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21464
21465 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21466 Show current lpr settings.
21467
21468 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21469
21470 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21471 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21472
21473 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21474 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21475 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21476 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21477
21478
21479 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21480
21481 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21482 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21483 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21484
21485 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21486 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21487 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21488 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21489 current active printer.
21490
21491 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21492 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21493 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21494 printer.
21495
21496 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21497 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21498 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21499 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21500 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21501
21502
21503 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21504 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21505
21506 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21507
21508 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21509 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21510 be done using the new current active printer.
21511
21512 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21513 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21514 printer.
21515
21516 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21517 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21518 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21519 instead of sending it to the printer.
21520
21521 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21522 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21523 printer.
21524
21525 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21526
21527
21528 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21529 are both set to t.
21530
21531 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21532
21533 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21534 Fast fire function for text printing.
21535
21536 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21537 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21538 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21539 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21540
21541 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21542 user for a new active text printer.
21543
21544 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21545
21546 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21547
21548 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21549 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21550 printer.
21551
21552 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21553
21554 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21555 are both set to t.
21556
21557 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21558
21559 ;;;***
21560 \f
21561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21562 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21563
21564 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21565 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21566 \\<proced-mode-map>
21567 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21568 the process information.
21569
21570 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21571
21572 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21573 Proced buffers.
21574
21575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21576
21577 ;;;***
21578 \f
21579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21580 ;;;;;; 0))
21581 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21582
21583 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21584 Start/restart profilers.
21585 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21586 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21587 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21588
21589 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21590
21591 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21592 Open profile FILENAME.
21593
21594 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21597 Open profile FILENAME.
21598
21599 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21600
21601 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21602 Open profile FILENAME.
21603
21604 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21605
21606 ;;;***
21607 \f
21608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21187 63826
21609 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21611
21612 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21613 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21614
21615 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21616 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21617
21618 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21619
21620 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21621 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21622
21623 Commands:
21624 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21625
21626 \(fn)" t nil)
21627
21628 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21629 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21630 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21631
21632 \(fn)" t nil)
21633
21634 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21635 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21636 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21637
21638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21639
21640 ;;;***
21641 \f
21642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21643 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21644
21645 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21646 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21647 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21648
21649 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21650
21651 ;;;***
21652 \f
21653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21195 57908
21654 ;;;;;; 940910 0))
21655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21656 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21657
21658 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21659 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21660
21661 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21662
21663 The following variables hold user options, and can
21664 be set through the `customize' command:
21665
21666 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21667 `ps-mode-tab'
21668 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21669 `ps-mode-print-function'
21670 `ps-run-prompt'
21671 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21672 `ps-run-x'
21673 `ps-run-dumb'
21674 `ps-run-init'
21675 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21676 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21677
21678 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21679
21680
21681 \\{ps-mode-map}
21682
21683
21684 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21685 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21686 The keymap for this second window is:
21687
21688 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21689
21690
21691 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21692 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21693 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21694 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21695 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21696
21697 \(fn)" t nil)
21698
21699 ;;;***
21700 \f
21701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21290 16897 466877
21702 ;;;;;; 0))
21703 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21704 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21705
21706 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21707 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21708 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21709
21710 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21711
21712 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21713 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21714 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21715 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21716
21717 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21718
21719 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21720 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21721
21722 Valid values are:
21723
21724 nil Do not print colors.
21725
21726 t Print colors.
21727
21728 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21729 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21730
21731 Any other value is treated as t.")
21732
21733 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21734
21735 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21736 Customization of ps-print group.
21737
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21741 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21742
21743 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21744 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21745 sending it to the printer.
21746
21747 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21748 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21749 image in a file with that name.
21750
21751 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21754 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21755 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21756 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21757 so it has a way to determine color values.
21758
21759 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21760
21761 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21762 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21763 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21764
21765 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21768 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21769 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21770 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21771 so it has a way to determine color values.
21772
21773 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21774
21775 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21776 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21777 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21778 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21779
21780 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21781
21782 \(fn)" t nil)
21783
21784 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21785 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21786 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21787 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21788 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21789
21790 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21791
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21793
21794 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21796 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21797
21798 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21799
21800 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21801
21802 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21803 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21804 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21805 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21806 so it has a way to determine color values.
21807
21808 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21809
21810 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21811
21812 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21813 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21814
21815 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21816 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21817 instead of sending it to the printer.
21818
21819 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21820 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21821 image in a file with that name.
21822
21823 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21824
21825 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21826 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21827 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21828 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21829 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21830
21831 \(fn)" t nil)
21832
21833 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21834 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21835 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21836
21837 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21838
21839 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21840 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21841 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21842
21843 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21844
21845 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21846 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21847
21848 \(fn)" nil nil)
21849
21850 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21851 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21852
21853 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21854 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21855
21856 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21857 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21858
21859 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21860
21861 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21862
21863 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21864
21865 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21866 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21867
21868 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21869 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21870
21871 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21872 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21873
21874 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21875
21876 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21877
21878 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21879
21880 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21881 foreground and background colors respectively.
21882
21883 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21884 bold - use bold font.
21885 italic - use italic font.
21886 underline - put a line under text.
21887 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21888 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21889 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21890 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21891 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21892
21893 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21894
21895 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21896
21897 ;;;***
21898 \f
21899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21900 ;;;;;; 0))
21901 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21902 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21903
21904 ;;;***
21905 \f
21906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21285 31272
21907 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
21908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21909 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21910
21911 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21912
21913 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21914
21915 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21916 Run an inferior Python process.
21917 Input and output via buffer named after
21918 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21919 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21920
21921 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21922 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21923 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21924 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21925
21926 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21927 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21928 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21929
21930 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21931
21932 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21933 Major mode for editing Python files.
21934
21935 \\{python-mode-map}
21936
21937 \(fn)" t nil)
21938
21939 ;;;***
21940 \f
21941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21943
21944 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21945 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21946 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21947 coding-system.
21948
21949 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21950 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21951
21952 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21953 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21954 them into characters should be done separately.
21955
21956 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21957
21958 ;;;***
21959 \f
21960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21961 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21963
21964 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21965 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21966
21967 \(fn)" nil nil)
21968
21969 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21970 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21971 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21972
21973 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21974 `quail-activate', which see.
21975
21976 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21977
21978 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21979 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21980 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21981 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21982 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21983 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21984 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21985
21986 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21987 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21988 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21989 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21990 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21991 shown.
21992 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21993
21994 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21995 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21996 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21997 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21998 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21999 list of candidates.
22000
22001 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22002 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22003 command to be called.
22004
22005 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22006 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22007 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22008 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22009
22010 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22011 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22012 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22013 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22014 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22015 to t.
22016
22017 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22018 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22019 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22020 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22021
22022 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22023 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22024 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22025 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22026 defines no translations for single character keys.
22027
22028 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22029 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22030 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22031 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22032 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22033 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22034
22035 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22036 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22037 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22038 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22039 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22040 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22041
22042 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22043 covers Quail translation region.
22044
22045 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22046 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22047 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22048 for it) is inserted.
22049
22050 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22051 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22052 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22053
22054 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22055 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22056 non-Quail commands.
22057
22058 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22059
22060 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22061 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22062
22063 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22064 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22065 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22066 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22067 you type is correctly handled.
22068
22069 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22070
22071 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22072 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22073
22074 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22075 keyboard type.
22076
22077 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22078
22079 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22080 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22081 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22082 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22083 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22084 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22085 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22086 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22087 for the translation.
22088 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22089
22090 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22091 it is used to handle KEY.
22092
22093 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22094 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22095 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22096 the following annotation types are supported.
22097
22098 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22099 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22100
22101 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22102 candidate list.
22103
22104 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22105 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22106 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22107 inserted.
22108
22109 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22110 generated for the following translations.
22111
22112 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22113
22114 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22115 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22116
22117 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22118 which to install MAP.
22119
22120 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22121
22122 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22123
22124 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22125 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22126
22127 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22128 which to install MAP.
22129
22130 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22131
22132 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22133
22134 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22135 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22136 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22137 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22138 a function, or a cons.
22139 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22140 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22141 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22142 for the translation.
22143 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22144 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22145 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22146 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22147 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22148
22149 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22150 it is used to handle KEY.
22151
22152 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22153 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22154 current Quail package.
22155
22156 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22157 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22158
22159 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22160
22161 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22162 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22163
22164 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22165 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22166
22167 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22168
22169 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22170 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22171
22172 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22173
22174 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22175 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22176 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22177 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22178 of the Emacs source tree.
22179
22180 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22181 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22182
22183 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22184 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22185 of each directory.
22186
22187 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22188
22189 ;;;***
22190 \f
22191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22192 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22194
22195 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22196 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22197 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22198 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22199
22200 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22201
22202 ;;;***
22203 \f
22204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22205 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22206 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22207
22208 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22209 Activate UCS input method.
22210 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22211
22212 While this input method is active, the variable
22213 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22214
22215 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22216
22217 ;;;***
22218 \f
22219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22220 ;;;;;; 0))
22221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22222
22223 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22224 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22225 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22226 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22227
22228 To make use of this do something like:
22229
22230 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22231
22232 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22233
22234 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22235 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22236
22237 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22238 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22239 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22240
22241 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22242
22243 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22244 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22245
22246 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22247
22248 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22249 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22250
22251 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22252 is decided.
22253
22254 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22255
22256 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22257 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22258
22259 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22260 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22261 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22262
22263 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22266 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22267
22268 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22269
22270 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22271 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22272
22273 \(fn)" t nil)
22274
22275 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22276 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22277
22278 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22279
22280 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22281
22282 \(fn)" t nil)
22283
22284 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22285 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22286
22287 \(fn)" t nil)
22288
22289 ;;;***
22290 \f
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21187 63826 213216
22292 ;;;;;; 0))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22294
22295 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22296 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22297
22298 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22299
22300 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22301
22302 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22303
22304 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22305
22306 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22307
22308
22309 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22310
22311 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22312 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22313 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22316 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22317
22318 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22319
22320 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22321 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22323 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22324 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22325
22326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22327
22328 ;;;***
22329 \f
22330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22331 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22333
22334 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22335
22336 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22337 Construct a regexp interactively.
22338 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22339 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22340 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22341
22342 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22343 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22344
22345 \(fn)" t nil)
22346
22347 ;;;***
22348 \f
22349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22350 ;;;;;; 0))
22351 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22352
22353 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22354 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22355 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22358 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22359
22360 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22361
22362 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22363 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22365 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22366 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22367
22368 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22369 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22370 were operated on recently.
22371
22372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22373
22374 ;;;***
22375 \f
22376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21203 52022 581300 0))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22378
22379 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22380 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22381 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22382 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22383 ends.
22384
22385 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22386 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22387 to be deleted.
22388
22389 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22390
22391 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22392 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22393 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22394
22395 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22396 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22397 deleted.
22398
22399 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22400
22401 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22403 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22404
22405 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22406
22407 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22408 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22409
22410 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22411 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22412
22413 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22414 deleted.
22415
22416 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22417 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22418 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22419 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22420 even beep.)
22421
22422 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22423
22424 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22425 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22426
22427 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22428
22429 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22430 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22431
22432 \(fn)" t nil)
22433
22434 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22435 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22436 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22437 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22438 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22439 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22440 and point is at the lower right corner.
22441
22442 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22443
22444 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22445 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22446
22447 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22448 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22449
22450 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22451 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22452 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22453
22454 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22455
22456 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22457
22458 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22459 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22460 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22461 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22462 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22463
22464 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22465 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22466
22467 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22468
22469 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22470 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22471 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22472
22473 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22474
22475 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22476
22477 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22478
22479 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22480 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22481
22482 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22483 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22484 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22485
22486 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22487
22488 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22489 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22490 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22491
22492 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22493 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22494 rectangle which were empty.
22495
22496 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22497
22498 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22499 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22500
22501 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22502 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22503 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22504 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22505
22506 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22509 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22510 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22511
22512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22513
22514 ;;;***
22515 \f
22516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22517 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22519
22520 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22521 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22523 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22524 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22525
22526 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22527 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22528 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22529 auto-filling.
22530
22531 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22532
22533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22534
22535 ;;;***
22536 \f
22537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21302 6271
22538 ;;;;;; 390850 735000))
22539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22540 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22541 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22542 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22543 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22544
22545 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22546 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22547
22548 \(fn)" nil nil)
22549
22550 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22551 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22552
22553 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22554 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22555
22556 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22557 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22558 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22559 \\ref macro.
22560
22561 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22562 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22563 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22564
22565 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22566 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22567 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22568
22569 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22570 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22571
22572 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22573 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22574
22575 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22576 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22577 on the menu bar.
22578
22579 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22580
22581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22582
22583 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22584 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22585 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22586
22587 \(fn)" nil nil)
22588
22589 ;;;***
22590 \f
22591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22592 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22594 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22595 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22596 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22597 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22598
22599 ;;;***
22600 \f
22601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21240
22602 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22604
22605 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22606 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22607 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22608 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22609 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22610 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22611
22612 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22613 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22614
22615 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22616 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22617 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22618 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22619
22620 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22621
22622 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22623 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22624 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22625 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22626
22627 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22628
22629 ;;;***
22630 \f
22631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22632 ;;;;;; 0))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22634 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22635
22636 ;;;***
22637 \f
22638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22639 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22641 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22642
22643 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22644 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22645 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22646 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22647
22648 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22649
22650 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22651
22652 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22653 Call `remember' in another frame.
22654
22655 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22656
22657 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22658 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22659 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22660
22661 \(fn)" t nil)
22662
22663 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22664 Extract diary entries from the region.
22665
22666 \(fn)" nil nil)
22667
22668 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22669 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22670 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22671 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22672
22673 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22674
22675 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22676 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22677 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22678 minor mode.
22679
22680 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22681
22682 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22683 Return the buffer.
22684
22685 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22686 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22687 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22688
22689 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22690
22691 ;;;***
22692 \f
22693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22694 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22695 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22696
22697 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22698 Repeat most recently executed command.
22699 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22700 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22701 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22702
22703 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22704 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22705 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22706 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22707
22708 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22709 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22710 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22711
22712 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22713
22714 ;;;***
22715 \f
22716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22717 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22718 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22719
22720 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22721 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22722
22723 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22724 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22725 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22726 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22727 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22728 and point is left after the salutation.
22729
22730 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22731 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22732 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22733 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22734 left after that text.
22735
22736 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22737 is non-nil.
22738
22739 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22740 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22741 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22742 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22743
22744 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22745
22746 ;;;***
22747 \f
22748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22749 ;;;;;; 0))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22751
22752 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22753 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22754 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22755 visibility of comments that precede it.
22756 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22757 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22758 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22759 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22760 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22761 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22762 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22763 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22764 the comment lines.
22765 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22766 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22767 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22768 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22769 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22770
22771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22772
22773 ;;;***
22774 \f
22775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
22776 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22777
22778 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22779 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22781 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22782 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22783
22784 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22785 reveals invisible text around point.
22786
22787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22788
22789 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22790 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22791 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22794 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22795
22796 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22797
22798 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22799 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22800 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22801
22802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22805
22806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22807
22808 ;;;***
22809 \f
22810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22811 ;;;;;; 0))
22812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22813
22814 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22815 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22816
22817 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22818
22819 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22820 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22821
22822 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22823
22824 ;;;***
22825 \f
22826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22827 ;;;;;; 0))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22829
22830 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22831 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22832 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22833 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22834
22835 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22836
22837 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22838 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22839 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22840 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22841
22842 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22843 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22844
22845 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22846 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22847
22848 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22849 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22850 INPUT-ARGS.
22851
22852 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22853 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22854 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22855 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22856 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22857
22858 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22859 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22860 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22861 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22862
22863 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22864 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22865 variable.
22866
22867 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22868
22869 ;;;***
22870 \f
22871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21293 25438 932257
22872 ;;;;;; 536000))
22873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22874
22875 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22876 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22877
22878 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22879
22880 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22881
22882 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22883 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22884 Its name should end with a slash.")
22885
22886 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22887 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22888
22889 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22890 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22891 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22892
22893 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22894
22895 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22896 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22897 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22898 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22899 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22900 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22901 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22902
22903 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22904 sent by you under different user names.
22905 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22906
22907 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22908
22909 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22910
22911 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22912
22913 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22914 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22915 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22916 explicitly.")
22917
22918 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22919
22920 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22921 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22922 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22923 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22924 which normally happens once for each message,
22925 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22926 To make a change in this variable take effect
22927 for a message that you have already viewed,
22928 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22929
22930 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22931
22932 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22933 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22934 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22935 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22936
22937 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22938
22939 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22940 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22941
22942 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22943
22944 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22945 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22946 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22947
22948 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22949
22950 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22951 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22952 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22953 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22954 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22955 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22956
22957 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22958
22959 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22960 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22961
22962 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22963
22964 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22965 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22966
22967 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22968
22969 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22970 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22971
22972 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22973 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22974
22975 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22976
22977 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22978 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22979
22980 This is set to nil by default.")
22981
22982 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22983 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22984 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22985 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22986 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22987 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22988 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22989
22990 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22991 Read and edit incoming mail.
22992 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22993 file in RMAIL Mode.
22994 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22995
22996 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22997 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22998 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22999 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23000
23001 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23002
23003 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23004
23005 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23006 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23007 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23008 Instead, these commands are available:
23009
23010 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23011 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23012 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23013 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23014 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23015 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23016 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23017 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23018 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23019 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23020 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23021 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23022 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23023 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23024 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23025 till a deleted message is found.
23026 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23027 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23028 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23029 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23030 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23031 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23032 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23033 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23034 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23035 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23036 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23037 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23038 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23039 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23040 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23041 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23042 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23043 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23044 (label defaults to last one specified).
23045 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23046 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23047 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23048 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23049 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23050 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23051 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23052 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23053 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23054
23055 \(fn)" t nil)
23056
23057 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23058 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23059
23060 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23061
23062 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23063 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23064
23065 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23066
23067 ;;;***
23068 \f
23069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23070 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23071 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23072 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23073
23074 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23075 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23076 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23077 case it writes Babyl.
23078
23079 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23080 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23081 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23082 `rmail-default-file'.
23083
23084 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23085 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23086 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23087
23088 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23089 the header display is currently pruned.
23090
23091 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23092 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23093 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23094 messages after output.
23095
23096 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23097 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23098 message (if writing a file directly).
23099
23100 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23101 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23102
23103 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23104
23105 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23106 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23107 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23108 i) the header is output as currently seen
23109 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23110 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23111
23112 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23113 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23114 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23115
23116 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23117
23118 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23119 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23120 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23121 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23122 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23123 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23124 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23125
23126 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23127 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23128 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23129
23130 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23131
23132 ;;;***
23133 \f
23134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21293 25385
23135 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23136 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23137
23138 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23139 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23140 Return a pattern.
23141
23142 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23143
23144 ;;;***
23145 \f
23146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23147 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23148 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23149
23150 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23151 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23152 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23153 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23154
23155 \(fn)" t nil)
23156
23157 ;;;***
23158 \f
23159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23160 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23161 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23162
23163 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23164 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23165
23166 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23167 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23168 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23169 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23170 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23171 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23172 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23173 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23174 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23175 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23176
23177 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23178 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23179 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23180 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23181 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23182 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23183 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23184 to use for finding the schema.
23185
23186 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23187
23188 ;;;***
23189 \f
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23191 ;;;;;; 0))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23193
23194 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23195
23196 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23197 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23198 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23199 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23200 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23201 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23202 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23203 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23204 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23205 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23206 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23207 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23208 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23209 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23210 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23211 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23212 must be equal.
23213
23214 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23215
23216 ;;;***
23217 \f
23218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23219 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23220 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23221
23222 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23223 Define a robin package.
23224
23225 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23226 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23227 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23228 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23229
23230 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23231 one replaces the old one.
23232
23233 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23234
23235 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23236 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23237
23238 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23239 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23240 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23241
23242 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23243
23244 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23245 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23246
23247 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23248
23249 ;;;***
23250 \f
23251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23252 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23253
23254 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23255 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23256
23257 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23258
23259 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23260 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23261
23262 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23263
23264 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23265 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23266
23267 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23268
23269 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23270 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23271 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23272
23273 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23274 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23275 in ROT13.
23276
23277 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23278
23279 \(fn)" t nil)
23280
23281 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23282 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23283
23284 \(fn)" t nil)
23285
23286 ;;;***
23287 \f
23288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21285 31272 331063
23289 ;;;;;; 0))
23290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23291 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23292
23293 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23294 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23295 \\<rst-mode-map>
23296
23297 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23298 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23299 highlighting.
23300
23301 \\{rst-mode-map}
23302
23303 \(fn)" t nil)
23304
23305 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23306 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23310
23311 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23312 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23313 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23314
23315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23316
23317 ;;;***
23318 \f
23319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21300
23320 ;;;;;; 27302 473448 0))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23322 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23323
23324 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23325 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23326
23327 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23328
23329 \(fn)" t nil)
23330
23331 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23332
23333 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23334
23335 ;;;***
23336 \f
23337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
23338 ;;;;;; 0))
23339 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23340 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23341
23342 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23343 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23344 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23345
23346 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23347 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23349 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23350 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23351
23352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23353
23354 ;;;***
23355 \f
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23357 ;;;;;; 0))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23359
23360 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23361 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23362 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23363 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23364
23365 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23366
23367 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23368 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23369 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23370
23371 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23372 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23373 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23374
23375 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23376 notation.
23377
23378 STRING
23379 matches string STRING literally.
23380
23381 CHAR
23382 matches character CHAR literally.
23383
23384 `not-newline', `nonl'
23385 matches any character except a newline.
23386
23387 `anything'
23388 matches any character
23389
23390 `(any SET ...)'
23391 `(in SET ...)'
23392 `(char SET ...)'
23393 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23394 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23395 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23396
23397 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23398 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23399 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23400 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23401
23402 `(not (any SET ...))'
23403 matches any character not in SET ...
23404
23405 `line-start', `bol'
23406 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23407 in the text being matched
23408
23409 `line-end', `eol'
23410 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23411
23412 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23414 string being matched against.
23415
23416 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23417 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23418 string being matched against.
23419
23420 `buffer-start'
23421 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23422 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23423
23424 `buffer-end'
23425 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23426 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23427
23428 `point'
23429 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23430
23431 `word-start', `bow'
23432 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23433
23434 `word-end', `eow'
23435 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23436
23437 `word-boundary'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23439 word.
23440
23441 `(not word-boundary)'
23442 `not-word-boundary'
23443 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23444 word.
23445
23446 `symbol-start'
23447 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23448
23449 `symbol-end'
23450 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23451
23452 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23453 matches 0 through 9.
23454
23455 `control', `cntrl'
23456 matches ASCII control characters.
23457
23458 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23459 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23460
23461 `blank'
23462 matches space and tab only.
23463
23464 `graphic', `graph'
23465 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23466 space, and DEL.
23467
23468 `printing', `print'
23469 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23470 and DEL.
23471
23472 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23473 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23474 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23475
23476 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23477 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23478 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23479
23480 `ascii'
23481 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23482
23483 `nonascii'
23484 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23485
23486 `lower', `lower-case'
23487 matches anything lower-case.
23488
23489 `upper', `upper-case'
23490 matches anything upper-case.
23491
23492 `punctuation', `punct'
23493 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23494 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23495
23496 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23497 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23498
23499 `word', `wordchar'
23500 matches anything that has word syntax.
23501
23502 `not-wordchar'
23503 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23504
23505 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23506 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23507 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23508 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23509
23510 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23511 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23512 `word' (\\sw)
23513 `symbol' (\\s_)
23514 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23515 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23516 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23517 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23518 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23519 `escape' (\\s\\)
23520 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23521 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23522 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23523 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23524 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23525
23526 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23527 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23528
23529 `(category CATEGORY)'
23530 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23531 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23532
23533 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23534 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23535 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23536 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23537 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23538 `symbol' (\\c5)
23539 `digit' (\\c6)
23540 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23541 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23542 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23543 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23544 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23545 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23546 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23547 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23548 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23549 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23550 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23551 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23552 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23553 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23554 `ascii' (\\ca)
23555 `arabic' (\\cb)
23556 `chinese' (\\cc)
23557 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23558 `greek' (\\cg)
23559 `korean' (\\ch)
23560 `indian' (\\ci)
23561 `japanese' (\\cj)
23562 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23563 `latin' (\\cl)
23564 `lao' (\\co)
23565 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23566 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23567 `thai' (\\ct)
23568 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23569 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23570 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23571 `can-break' (\\c|)
23572
23573 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23574 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23575
23576 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23577 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23578 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23581
23582 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23585 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23586
23587 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23588 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23589 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23590 group number N.
23591
23592 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23593 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23594 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23595 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23596 regular expression.
23597
23598 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23599 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23600 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23601 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23602 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23603
23604 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23605 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23606
23607 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23608 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23609
23610 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23611 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23612 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23613
23614 `(* SEXP ...)'
23615 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23616 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23617
23618 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23619 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23620 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23621
23622 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23623 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23624 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23625
23626 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23627 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23628
23629 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23630 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23631
23632 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23633 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23634 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23635 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23636
23637 `(? SEXP ...)'
23638 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23639
23640 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23641 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23642
23643 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23644 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23645 matches N occurrences.
23646
23647 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23648 matches N or more occurrences.
23649
23650 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23651 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23652 matches N to M occurrences.
23653
23654 `(backref N)'
23655 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23656
23657 `(eval FORM)'
23658 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23659 `regexp-quote' it.
23660
23661 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23662 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23663
23664 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23665
23666 ;;;***
23667 \f
23668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23669 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23670 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23671 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23672
23673 ;;;***
23674 \f
23675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21255 13756 851229
23676 ;;;;;; 0))
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23678 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23679
23680 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23681 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23682 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23685 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23686
23687 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23688
23689 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23690 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23693 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23694
23695 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23696 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23697 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23698 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23699
23700 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23701 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23702 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23703
23704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23705
23706 ;;;***
23707 \f
23708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21286 52150
23709 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23711
23712 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23713 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23714 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23715
23716 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23717 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23718 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23719 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23720 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23721 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23722 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23723 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23724
23725 Commands:
23726 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23727 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23728 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23729
23730 \(fn)" t nil)
23731
23732 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23733 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23734 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23735
23736 Commands:
23737 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23738 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23739 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23740 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23741 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23742 that variable's value is a string.
23743
23744 \(fn)" t nil)
23745
23746 ;;;***
23747 \f
23748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23749 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23751
23752 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23753 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23754 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23755
23756 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23757
23758 \(fn)" t nil)
23759
23760 ;;;***
23761 \f
23762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21187 63826 213216
23763 ;;;;;; 0))
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23765
23766 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23767 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23768 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23770 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23771 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23772
23773 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23774
23775 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23776 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23778 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23779 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23780
23781 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23782 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23783
23784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23785
23786 ;;;***
23787 \f
23788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23789 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23790 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23791
23792 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23793 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23795 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23796 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23797 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23798 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23799 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23800
23801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23802
23803 ;;;***
23804 \f
23805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23806 ;;;;;; 0))
23807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23808 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23809 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23810
23811 ;;;***
23812 \f
23813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23814 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23816 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23817
23818 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23819 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23820 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23821
23822 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23823 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23824 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23825 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23826 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23827 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23828 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23829 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23830 keybinding for tag names.
23831 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23832 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23833 of the symbol under point.
23834 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23835 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23836 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23837 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23838 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23839 syntax tokens.
23840 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23841
23842 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23843
23844 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23845 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23846 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23849 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23850
23851 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23852
23853 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23854 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23856 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23857 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23858
23859 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23860 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23861 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23862 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23863 Semantic mode.
23864
23865 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23866
23867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23868
23869 ;;;***
23870 \f
23871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23872 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23874
23875 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23876 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23877
23878 \(fn)" t nil)
23879
23880 ;;;***
23881 \f
23882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23883 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23884 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23885
23886 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23887 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23888
23889 \(fn)" t nil)
23890
23891 ;;;***
23892 \f
23893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23894 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23896
23897 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23898 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23899
23900 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23901 king@grassland.com
23902 If `parens', they look like:
23903 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23904 If `angles', they look like:
23905 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23906
23907 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23908 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23909
23910 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23911
23912 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23913 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23914 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23915 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23916
23917 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23918 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23919 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23920 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23921
23922 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23923
23924 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23925 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23926 This is done when the message is initialized,
23927 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23928
23929 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23930
23931 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23932 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23933 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23934
23935 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23936
23937 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23938 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23939 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23940 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23941 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23942 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23943 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23944
23945 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23946
23947 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23948 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23949
23950 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23951
23952 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23953 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23954 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23955 be a Babyl file.")
23956
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23958
23959 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23960 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23961 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23962 when you first send mail.")
23963
23964 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23965
23966 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23967 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23968 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23969 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23970 This file need not actually exist.")
23971
23972 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23973
23974 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23975 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23976
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23978
23979 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23980 Alist of mail address aliases,
23981 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23982 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23983 can specify a different file name.)
23984 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23985 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23986
23987 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23988 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23989 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23990
23991 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23992
23993 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23994 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23995 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23996
23997 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23998
23999 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24000 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24001 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24002 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24003 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24004 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24005 in the cited portion of the message.
24006
24007 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24008 instead of no action.")
24009
24010 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24011
24012 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24013 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24014 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24015 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24016 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24017
24018 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24019
24020 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24021 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24022 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24023 If a string, that string is inserted.
24024 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24025 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24026 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24027 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24028
24029 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24030
24031 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24032 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24033
24034 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24035
24036 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24037 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24038 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24039
24040 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24041 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24042
24043 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24044
24045 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24046 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24047 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24048 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24049
24050 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24051
24052 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24053 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24054 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24055
24056 \(fn)" nil nil)
24057
24058 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24059
24060 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24061
24062
24063 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24064
24065 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24066 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24067 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24068
24069 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24070 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24071
24072 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24073 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24074 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24075 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24076 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24077 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24078 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24079 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24080 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24081 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24082 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24083 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24084 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24085 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24086
24087 \(fn)" t nil)
24088
24089 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24090 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24091 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24092 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24093
24094 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24095
24096 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24097 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24098 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24099 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24100 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24101 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24102
24103 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24104 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24105 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24106
24107 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24108 User should not set this variable manually,
24109 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24110 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24111 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24112
24113 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24114 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24115 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24116 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24117
24118 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24119 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24120
24121 \\<mail-mode-map>
24122 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24123
24124 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24125 to move to message header fields:
24126 \\{mail-mode-map}
24127
24128 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24129 when the message is initialized.
24130
24131 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24132 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24133
24134 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24135 is inserted.
24136
24137 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24138 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24139
24140 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24141 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24142 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24143 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24144 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24145 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24146 buffer without erasing the contents.
24147
24148 The second through fifth arguments,
24149 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24150 the initial contents of those header fields.
24151 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24152 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24153 original message being replied to, or else an action
24154 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24155 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24156 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24157 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24158 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24159 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24160
24161 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24162
24163 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24164 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24165
24166 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24167
24168 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24169 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24170
24171 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24172
24173 ;;;***
24174 \f
24175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21293 25385 120083 0))
24176 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24177
24178 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24179
24180 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24181
24182 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24183
24184 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24185 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24186 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24187 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24188 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24189 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24190
24191 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24192 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24193
24194 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24195 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24196 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24197
24198 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24199 \\[server-start].
24200
24201 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24202
24203 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24204 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24205 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24206 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24207
24208 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24209
24210 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24211 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24212 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24215 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24216
24217 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24218
24219 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24220 Toggle Server mode.
24221 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24222 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24223 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24224
24225 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24226 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24227 `server-start' for details.
24228
24229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24230
24231 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24232 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24233 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24234
24235 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24236 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24237
24238 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24239
24240 ;;;***
24241 \f
24242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
24243 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24244
24245 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24246 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24247
24248 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24249 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24250 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24251 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24252 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24253
24254 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24255 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24256 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24257 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24258 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24259 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24260
24261 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24262 displayed.
24263
24264 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24265 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24266 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24267
24268 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24269 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24270
24271 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24272 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24273
24274 \\{ses-mode-map}
24275 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24276 part):
24277 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24278 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24279 formula:
24280 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24281
24282 \(fn)" t nil)
24283
24284 ;;;***
24285 \f
24286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21240
24287 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
24288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24289
24290 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24291 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24292 Makes > match <.
24293 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24294 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24295
24296 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24297 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24298 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24299
24300 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24301 in your init file.
24302
24303 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24304
24305 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24306 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24307 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24308
24309 \(fn)" t nil)
24310
24311 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24312 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24313 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24314 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24315 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24316 which this is based.
24317
24318 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24319
24320 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24321 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24322 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24323 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24324
24325 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24326 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24327 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24328
24329 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24330 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24331 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24332 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24333
24334 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24335 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24336 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24337 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24338
24339 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24340
24341 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24342 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24343 To work around that, do:
24344 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24345
24346 \\{html-mode-map}
24347
24348 \(fn)" t nil)
24349
24350 ;;;***
24351 \f
24352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21271
24353 ;;;;;; 29887 434495 380000))
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24355 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24356 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24357
24358 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24359 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24360 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24361 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24362 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24363 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24364
24365 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24366 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24367 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24368 shell-specific features.
24369
24370 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24371 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24372 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24373 \\<sh-mode-map>
24374 \\[sh-case] case statement
24375 \\[sh-for] for loop
24376 \\[sh-function] function definition
24377 \\[sh-if] if statement
24378 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24379 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24380 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24381 \\[sh-select] select loop
24382 \\[sh-until] until loop
24383 \\[sh-while] while loop
24384
24385 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24386 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24387 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24388 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24389 would indent to the way it currently is.
24390 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24391 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24392
24393
24394 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24395 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24396 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24397 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24398 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24399 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24400
24401 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24402 unquoted < insert a here document.
24403
24404 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24405 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24406 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24407
24408 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24409 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24410
24411 \(fn)" t nil)
24412
24413 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24414
24415 ;;;***
24416 \f
24417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24418 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24420
24421 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24422 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24423
24424 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24425 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24426 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24427
24428 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24429 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24430 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24431 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24432 the earlier.
24433
24434 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24435
24436 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24437
24438 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24439 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24440 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24441
24442 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24443 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24444
24445 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24446 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24447 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24448 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24449 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24450 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24451 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24452 Emacs version).
24453
24454 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24455 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24456 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24457 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24458 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24459
24460 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24461 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24462
24463 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24464
24465 ;;;***
24466 \f
24467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24468 ;;;;;; 0))
24469 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24470
24471 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24472 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24473 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24474 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24475 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24476 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24477 sites in the cluster.
24478
24479 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24480
24481 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24482 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24483 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24484 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24485 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24486
24487 \(fn)" t nil)
24488
24489 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24490 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24491 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24492 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24493 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24494 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24495 `shadow-define-cluster').
24496
24497 \(fn)" t nil)
24498
24499 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24500 Set up file shadowing.
24501
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24503
24504 ;;;***
24505 \f
24506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24507 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24508
24509 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24510 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24511 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24512 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24513 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24514 arguments.")
24515
24516 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24517
24518 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24519 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24520 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24521 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24522 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24523
24524 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24525 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24526 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24527 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24528 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24529 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24530 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24531 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24532 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24533 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24534 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24535
24536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24537 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24538 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24539 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24541 `default-process-coding-system'.
24542
24543 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24544 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24545 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24546 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24547
24548 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24549
24550 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24551
24552 ;;;***
24553 \f
24554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21271 29460 497806 0))
24555 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24556
24557 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24558 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24559
24560 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24561
24562 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24563 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24564 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24565 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24566
24567 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24568
24569 ;;;***
24570 \f
24571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24572 ;;;;;; 0))
24573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24574
24575 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24576
24577
24578 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24579
24580 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24581
24582
24583 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24584
24585 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24586
24587
24588 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24589
24590 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24591
24592
24593 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24594
24595 ;;;***
24596 \f
24597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24598 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24600
24601 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24602 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24603 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24604 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24605 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24606
24607 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24608
24609 \(fn)" t nil)
24610
24611 ;;;***
24612 \f
24613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24614 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24616
24617 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24618 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24619 \\{simula-mode-map}
24620 Variables controlling indentation style:
24621 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24622 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24623 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24624 `simula-indent-level'
24625 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24626 `simula-substatement-offset'
24627 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24628 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24629 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24630 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24631 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24632 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24633 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24634 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24635 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24636 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24637 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24638 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24639 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24640 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24641 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24642 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24643 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24644 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24645 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24646 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24647 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24648 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24649 or nil if they should not be changed.
24650 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24651 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24652 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24653 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24654
24655 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24656 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24657
24658 \(fn)" t nil)
24659
24660 ;;;***
24661 \f
24662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21293 25385 120083
24663 ;;;;;; 0))
24664 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24665
24666 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24667 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24668
24669 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24670 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24671 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24672 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24673
24674 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24675
24676 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24677
24678 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24679 Insert SKELETON.
24680 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24681 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24682 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24683 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24684 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24685
24686 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24687 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24688
24689 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24690
24691 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24692 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24693
24694 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24695 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24696 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24697 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24698
24699 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24700 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24701 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24702 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24703
24704 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24705 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24706 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24707
24708 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24709 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24710
24711 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24712 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24713
24714 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24715 _ interesting point, interregion here
24716 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24717 interesting point set by _
24718 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24719 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24720 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24721 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24722 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24723 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24724 nil skipped
24725
24726 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24727 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24728
24729 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24730 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24731 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24732 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24733 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24734 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24735 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24736 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24737
24738 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24739 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24740 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24741 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24742 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24743 available:
24744
24745 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24746 then: insert previously read string once more
24747 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24748 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24749 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24750
24751 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24752 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24753
24754 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24755
24756 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24757 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24758
24759 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24760 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24761 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24762 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24763 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24764 such as backslash.
24765
24766 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24767 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24768 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24769
24770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24771
24772 ;;;***
24773 \f
24774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21187 63826
24775 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24776 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24777
24778 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24779 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24780 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24781 buffer names.
24782
24783 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24784
24785 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24786 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24788 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24789 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24790 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24791
24792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24793
24794 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24795 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24796 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24797
24798 \(fn)" t nil)
24799
24800 ;;;***
24801 \f
24802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24803 ;;;;;; 0))
24804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24805
24806 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24807 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24808 A list of images is returned.
24809
24810 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24811
24812 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24813 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24814 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24815
24816 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24817
24818 ;;;***
24819 \f
24820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21187 63826
24821 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24823
24824 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24825
24826
24827 \(fn)" nil nil)
24828
24829 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24830 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24831
24832 \(fn)" t nil)
24833
24834 ;;;***
24835 \f
24836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24837 ;;;;;; 0))
24838 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24839
24840 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24841 Play the Snake game.
24842 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24843
24844 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24845
24846 Snake mode keybindings:
24847 \\<snake-mode-map>
24848 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24849 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24850 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24851 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24852 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24853 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24854 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24855
24856 \(fn)" t nil)
24857
24858 ;;;***
24859 \f
24860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24861 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24863
24864 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24865 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24866 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24867 Tab indents for C code.
24868 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24869 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24870 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24871 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24872 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24873
24874 \(fn)" t nil)
24875
24876 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24877 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24878 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24879 Tab indents for C code.
24880 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24881 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24882 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24883 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24884 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24885
24886 \(fn)" t nil)
24887
24888 ;;;***
24889 \f
24890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24891 ;;;;;; 0))
24892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24893
24894 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24895 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24896 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24897 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24898 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24899
24900 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24901
24902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24903
24904 ;;;***
24905 \f
24906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24907 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24909
24910 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24911 Play Solitaire.
24912
24913 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24914 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24915 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24916 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24917 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24918 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24919 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24920 check after each move or undo.)
24921
24922 What is Solitaire?
24923
24924 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24925 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24926 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24927
24928 Le Solitaire
24929 ============
24930
24931 o o o
24932
24933 o o o
24934
24935 o o o o o o o
24936
24937 o o o . o o o
24938
24939 o o o o o o o
24940
24941 o o o
24942
24943 o o o
24944
24945 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24946 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24947 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24948 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24949
24950 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24951 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24952 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24953 this: o o .
24954
24955 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24956 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24957
24958 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24959
24960 o o o
24961
24962 . o o
24963
24964 o o . o o o o
24965
24966 o . o o o o o
24967
24968 o o o o o o o
24969
24970 o o o
24971
24972 o o o
24973
24974 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24975
24976 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24977
24978 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24979
24980 ;;;***
24981 \f
24982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24983 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24984 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24985
24986 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24987 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24988
24989 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24990 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24991 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24992 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24993 contiguous.
24994
24995 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24996 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24997 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24998 the sort order.
24999
25000 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25001 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25002
25003 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25004 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25005 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25006 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25007 is called.
25008
25009 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25010 It should move point to the end of the record.
25011
25012 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25013 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25014 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25015 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25016 starts at the beginning of the record.
25017
25018 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25019 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25020 same as ENDRECFUN.
25021
25022 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25023 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25024 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25025 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25026 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25027 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25028 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25029
25030 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25031
25032 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25033 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25034 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25035 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25036 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25037 the sort order.
25038
25039 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25040
25041 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25042 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25043 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25044 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25045 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25046 the sort order.
25047
25048 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25049
25050 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25051 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25052 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25053 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25054 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25055 the sort order.
25056
25057 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25058 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25059
25060 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25061 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25062 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25063 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25064 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25065 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25066 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25067 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25068 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25069
25070 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25071
25072 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25073 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25074 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25075 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25076 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25077 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25078 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25079 the sort order.
25080
25081 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25082
25083 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25084 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25085 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25086 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25087
25088 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25089 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25090
25091 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25092 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25093 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25094 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25095 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25096 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25097 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25098 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25099
25100 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25101
25102 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25103 the sort order.
25104
25105 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25106 starting with the letter \"f\",
25107 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25108
25109 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25110
25111 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25112 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25113 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25114 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25115 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25116 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25117 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25118 the sort order.
25119
25120 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25121 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25122 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25123 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25124 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25125
25126 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25127
25128 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25129 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25130 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25131
25132 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25133
25134 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25135 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25136 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25137 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25138 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25139 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25140 each repeated line.
25141
25142 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25143 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25144 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25145 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25146
25147 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25148 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25149
25150 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25151 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25152
25153 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25154
25155 ;;;***
25156 \f
25157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25159
25160 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25161 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25162 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25163 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25164 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25165 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25166
25167 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25168
25169 ;;;***
25170 \f
25171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25172 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25174
25175 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25176 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25177
25178 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25179 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25180 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25181
25182 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25183
25184 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25185 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25186 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25187 server.
25188
25189 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25190
25191 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25192 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25193 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25194
25195 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25196
25197 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25198 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25199 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25200 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25201 Agent is plugged.
25202
25203 \(fn)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25206 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25207 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25208 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25209
25210 \(fn)" t nil)
25211
25212 ;;;***
25213 \f
25214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21302 10113 180145
25215 ;;;;;; 84000))
25216 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25217
25218 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25219
25220 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25221 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25222 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25223 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25224 supported at a time.
25225 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25226 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25227
25228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25229
25230 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25231 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25232 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25233 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 ;;;***
25238 \f
25239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25240 ;;;;;; 0))
25241 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25242
25243 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25244 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25245
25246 \(fn)" t nil)
25247
25248 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25249 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25250
25251 \(fn)" nil nil)
25252
25253 ;;;***
25254 \f
25255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25256 ;;;;;; 928000))
25257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25258 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25259
25260 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25261 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25262
25263 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25264 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25265 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25266 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25267 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25268 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25269 of the current highlighting list.
25270
25271 For example:
25272
25273 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25274 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25275
25276 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25277 `_t' as data types.
25278
25279 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25280
25281 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25282 Major mode to edit SQL.
25283
25284 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25285 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25286 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25287
25288 \\{sql-mode-map}
25289 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25290
25291 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25292 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25293 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25294 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25295 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25296 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25297
25298 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25299 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25300
25301 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25302 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25303 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25304
25305 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25306 (lambda ()
25307 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25308
25309 \(fn)" t nil)
25310
25311 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25312 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25313
25314 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25315 their settings.
25316
25317 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25318 is specified in the connection settings.
25319
25320 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25321
25322 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25323 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25324
25325 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25326 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25327
25328 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25329 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25330 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25331 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25332
25333 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25334
25335 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25336
25337 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25338 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25339
25340 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25341 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25342 `*SQL*'.
25343
25344 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25345 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25346 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25347 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25348
25349 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25350 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25351
25352 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25353 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25354 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25355 buffer.
25356
25357 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25358 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25359 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25360 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25361 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25362 `default-process-coding-system'.
25363
25364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25365
25366 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25367
25368 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25369 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25370
25371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25373 `*SQL*'.
25374
25375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25376 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25377 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25378 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25379
25380 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25381 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25382
25383 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25384 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25385 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25386 buffer.
25387
25388 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25389 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25390 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25391 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25392 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25393 `default-process-coding-system'.
25394
25395 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25396
25397 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25398
25399 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25400 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25401
25402 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25403 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25404 `*SQL*'.
25405
25406 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25407 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25408
25409 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25410 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25411
25412 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25413 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25414 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25415 buffer.
25416
25417 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25418 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25419 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25420 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25421 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25422 `default-process-coding-system'.
25423
25424 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25425
25426 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25427
25428 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25429 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25430
25431 SQLite is free software.
25432
25433 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25434 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25435 `*SQL*'.
25436
25437 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25438 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25439 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25440 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25441
25442 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25443 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25444
25445 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25446 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25447 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25448 buffer.
25449
25450 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25451 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25453 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25454 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25455 `default-process-coding-system'.
25456
25457 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25458
25459 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25460
25461 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25462 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25463
25464 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25465
25466 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25467 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25468 `*SQL*'.
25469
25470 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25471 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25472 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25473 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25474
25475 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25477
25478 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25479 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25480 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25481 buffer.
25482
25483 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25484 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25485 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25486 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25487 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25488 `default-process-coding-system'.
25489
25490 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25491
25492 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25493
25494 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25495 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25496
25497 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25498 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25499 `*SQL*'.
25500
25501 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25502 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25503 defaults, if set.
25504
25505 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25506 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25507
25508 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25509 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25510 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25511 buffer.
25512
25513 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25514 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25515 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25516 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25517 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25518 `default-process-coding-system'.
25519
25520 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25521
25522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25523
25524 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25525 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25526
25527 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25528 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25529 `*SQL*'.
25530
25531 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25532 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25533
25534 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25535 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25536
25537 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25538 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25539 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25540 buffer.
25541
25542 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25543 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25544 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25545 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25546 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25547 `default-process-coding-system'.
25548
25549 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25550
25551 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25552
25553 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25554 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25555
25556 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25557 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25558 `*SQL*'.
25559
25560 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25561 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25562 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25563 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25564
25565 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25567
25568 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25569 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25570 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25571 buffer.
25572
25573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25574 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25575 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25576 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25578 `default-process-coding-system'.
25579
25580 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25581
25582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25583
25584 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25585 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25586
25587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25589 `*SQL*'.
25590
25591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25592 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25593 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25594 `sql-postgres-options'.
25595
25596 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25597 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25598
25599 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25600 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25601 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25602 buffer.
25603
25604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25605 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25606 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25609 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25610 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25611 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25612
25613 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25614 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25615
25616 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25617
25618 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25619
25620 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25621 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25622
25623 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25624 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25625 `*SQL*'.
25626
25627 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25628 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25629 defaults, if set.
25630
25631 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25632 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25633
25634 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25635 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25636 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25637 buffer.
25638
25639 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25640 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25641 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25642 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25643 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25644 `default-process-coding-system'.
25645
25646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25647
25648 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25649
25650 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25651 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25652
25653 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25654 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25655 `*SQL*'.
25656
25657 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25658 automatic login.
25659
25660 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25661 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25662
25663 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25664 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25665 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25666 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25667
25668 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25669 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25670 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25671 buffer.
25672
25673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25675 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25678 `default-process-coding-system'.
25679
25680 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25681
25682 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25683
25684 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25685 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25686
25687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25689 `*SQL*'.
25690
25691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25692 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25693 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25694 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25695 parameters.
25696
25697 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25698 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25699 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25700 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25701 an empty password.
25702
25703 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25704 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25705
25706 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25708 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25709 buffer.
25710
25711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25712
25713 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25714
25715 ;;;***
25716 \f
25717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25718 ;;;;;; 0))
25719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25720 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25721
25722 ;;;***
25723 \f
25724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25725 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25727
25728 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25729 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25730
25731 \(fn)" t nil)
25732
25733 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25734
25735 ;;;***
25736 \f
25737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25738 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25740
25741 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25742 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25743 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25744 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25745 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25746 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25747 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25748 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25749 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25750 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25751 with any buffer
25752 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25753 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25754 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25755 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25756
25757 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25758
25759 ;;;***
25760 \f
25761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25762 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25763
25764 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25765 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25766 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25767 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25768 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25769 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25770
25771 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25772
25773 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25774
25775 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25776 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25777 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25778 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25779 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25780 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25781 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25782
25783 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25786 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25787 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25788 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25789 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25790 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25791 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25792
25793 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25794
25795 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25796 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25797 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25798
25799 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25800
25801 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25802 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25803 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25804
25805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25806
25807 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25808 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25809
25810 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25813 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25814
25815 \(fn)" t nil)
25816
25817 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25818 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25819
25820 \(fn)" t nil)
25821
25822 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25823 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25824 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25825 by command name.
25826 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25827
25828 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25829
25830 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25831 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25832 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25835 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25836
25837 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25838
25839 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25840 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25843 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25844
25845 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25846 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25847 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25848 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25849 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25850
25851 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25852 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25853 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25854 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25855
25856 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25857
25858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25859
25860 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25861 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25862 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25863 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25864
25865 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25868 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25869
25870 \(fn)" t nil)
25871
25872 ;;;***
25873 \f
25874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25875 ;;;;;; 0))
25876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25877
25878 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25879 Studlify-case the region.
25880
25881 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25882
25883 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25884 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25885
25886 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25887
25888 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25889 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25890
25891 \(fn)" t nil)
25892
25893 ;;;***
25894 \f
25895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21294 46247
25896 ;;;;;; 414129 0))
25897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25898
25899 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "24.5")
25900
25901 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25902 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25906
25907 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25908 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25909 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25910 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25911
25912 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25913 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25914 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25915
25916 Nomenclature Subwords
25917 ===========================================================
25918 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25919 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25920 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25921
25922 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25923 treat nomenclature boundaries as word bounaries.
25924
25925 \\{subword-mode-map}
25926
25927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25928
25929 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25930 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25931 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25934 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25935
25936 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25937
25938 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25939 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25940 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25941 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25942 ARG is omitted or nil.
25943
25944 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25945 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25946 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25947
25948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25949
25950 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25951 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25955
25956 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25957 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25958 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25959 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25960
25961 \\{superword-mode-map}
25962
25963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25964
25965 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25966 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25967 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25970 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25971
25972 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25973
25974 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25975 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25976 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25977 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25978 ARG is omitted or nil.
25979
25980 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25981 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25982 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25983
25984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25985
25986 ;;;***
25987 \f
25988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25989 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25990 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25991
25992 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25993 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25994 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25995 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25996 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25997 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25998 original message but it does require a few things:
25999
26000 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26001
26002 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26003 reply buffer.
26004
26005 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26006 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26007 original message.
26008
26009 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26010
26011 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26012
26013 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26014 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26015 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26016
26017 \(fn)" nil nil)
26018
26019 ;;;***
26020 \f
26021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
26022 ;;;;;; 0))
26023 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26024
26025 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26026
26027 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26028 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26029 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26032 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26033
26034 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26035
26036 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26037 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26038 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26039 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26040 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26041
26042 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26043 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26044 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26045
26046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26047
26048 ;;;***
26049 \f
26050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26051 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26052
26053 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26054 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26055 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26056 buffer.
26057
26058 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26059 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26060 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26061
26062 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26063
26064 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26065 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26066 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26067 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26068 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26069 buffer.
26070
26071 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26072 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26073 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26074
26075 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26076
26077 ;;;***
26078 \f
26079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26080 ;;;;;; 0))
26081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26082
26083 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26084 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26085 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26086
26087 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26088
26089 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26090 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26091
26092 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26093
26094 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26095 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26096
26097 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26098
26099 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26100 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26101
26102 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26103
26104 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26105 Insert an editable text table.
26106 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26107 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26108 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26109 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26110 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26111 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26112 delimiting them.
26113
26114 Examples:
26115
26116 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26117
26118 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26119 location of point.
26120
26121 -!-
26122
26123 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26124 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26125 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26126 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26127 first cell.
26128
26129 +-----+-----+-----+
26130 |-!- | | |
26131 +-----+-----+-----+
26132
26133 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26134
26135 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26136 width, which results as
26137
26138 +--------------+-----+-----+
26139 |-!- | | |
26140 +--------------+-----+-----+
26141
26142 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26143 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26144
26145 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26146 | | |-!- |
26147 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26148
26149 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26150 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26151 width information to `table-insert'.
26152
26153 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26154
26155 instead of
26156
26157 Cell width(s): 5
26158
26159 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26160 work all together.
26161
26162 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26163 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26164
26165 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26166 |-!- | | |
26167 | | | |
26168 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169
26170 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26171
26172 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26173 |-!- | | |
26174 | | | |
26175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26176 | | | |
26177 | | | |
26178 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179
26180 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26181
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 | | | |
26184 | | | |
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 | | | |
26187 | | | |
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189 -!-
26190
26191 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26192 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26193 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26194
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 | | | |
26197 | | | |
26198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26199 | | | |
26200 | | | |
26201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 |-!- | | |
26203 | | | |
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205
26206 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26207 results.
26208
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26210 | | | |
26211 | | | |
26212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26214 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26215 | | |expected results.-!- |
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 | | | |
26218 | | | |
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220
26221 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26222
26223 \\{table-cell-map}
26224
26225 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26226
26227 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26228 Insert N table row(s).
26229 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26230 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26231 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26232 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26233
26234 \(fn N)" t nil)
26235
26236 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26237 Insert N table column(s).
26238 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26239 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26240 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26241 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26242
26243 \(fn N)" t nil)
26244
26245 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26246 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26247 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26248
26249 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26250
26251 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26252 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26253 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26254 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26255 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26256 all the table specific features.
26257
26258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26259
26260 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26261
26262
26263 \(fn)" t nil)
26264
26265 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26266 Recognize all tables within region.
26267 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26268 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26269 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26270 specific features.
26271
26272 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26273
26274 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26275
26276
26277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26278
26279 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26280 Recognize a table at point.
26281 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26282 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26283 the table specific features.
26284
26285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26288
26289
26290 \(fn)" t nil)
26291
26292 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26293 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26294 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26295 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26296 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26297 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26298 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26299
26300 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26301
26302 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26303
26304
26305 \(fn)" t nil)
26306
26307 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26308 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26309 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26310 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26311 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26312 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26313 specified.
26314
26315 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26316
26317 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26318 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26319 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26320 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26321 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26322 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26323 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26324 table structure.
26325
26326 \(fn N)" t nil)
26327
26328 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26329 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26330 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26331 table's rectangle structure.
26332
26333 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26336 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26337 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26338 table's rectangle structure.
26339
26340 \(fn N)" t nil)
26341
26342 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26343 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26344 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26345 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26346 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26347
26348 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26349
26350 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26351 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26352 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26353
26354 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26355 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26356 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26357 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26358 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26359 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26360 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26361
26362 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26363 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26364 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26365 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26366 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26367 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26368 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26369
26370 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26371 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26372 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26373 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26374 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26375 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26376 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26377 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26378
26379 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26382 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26383 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26384 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26385
26386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26387
26388 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26389 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26390 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26391
26392 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26393
26394 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26395 Split current cell vertically.
26396 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26397
26398 \(fn)" t nil)
26399
26400 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26401 Split current cell horizontally.
26402 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26403
26404 \(fn)" t nil)
26405
26406 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26407 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26408 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26409
26410 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26411
26412 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26413 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26414 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26415 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26416
26417 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26418
26419 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26420 Justify cell contents.
26421 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26422 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26423 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26424 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26425
26426 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26429 Justify cells of a row.
26430 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26431 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26432
26433 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26436 Justify cells of a column.
26437 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26438 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26439
26440 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26443 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26444 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26445 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26446 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26447 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26448 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26449 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26450 run-time.
26451
26452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26455 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26456 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26457 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26458 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26459 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26460 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26461 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26462 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26463 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26464 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26465
26466 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26467
26468 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26469 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26470 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26471 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26472 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26473 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26474 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26475 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26476 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26477 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26478 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26479 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26480 untouched.
26481
26482 References used for this implementation:
26483
26484 HTML:
26485 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26486
26487 LaTeX:
26488 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26489
26490 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26491 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26492 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26493
26494 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26497 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26498 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26499 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26500 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26501 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26502 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26503 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26504 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26505 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26506 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26507 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26508 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26509 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26510 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26511 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26512 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26513
26514 Example:
26515
26516 (progn
26517 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26518 (table-forward-cell 15)
26519 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26520 (table-forward-cell 16)
26521 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26522 (table-forward-cell 1)
26523 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26524
26525 (progn
26526 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26527 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26528 (table-forward-cell 1)
26529 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26530
26531 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26532
26533 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26534 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26535 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26536 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26537 consists from cells of same height.
26538
26539 \(fn N)" t nil)
26540
26541 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26542 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26543 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26544 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26545 column must consists from cells of same width.
26546
26547 \(fn N)" t nil)
26548
26549 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26550 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26551 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26552 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26553 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26554 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26555 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26556 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26557 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26558 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26559 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26560 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26561 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26562 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26563 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26564
26565
26566 Example 1:
26567
26568 1, 2, 3, 4
26569 5, 6, 7, 8
26570 , 9, 10
26571
26572 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26573 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26574 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26575 specified as 5.
26576
26577 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26578 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26579 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26580 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26581 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26582 | | 9 | 10 | |
26583 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26584
26585 Note:
26586
26587 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26588 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26589 of each row is optional.
26590
26591
26592 Example 2:
26593
26594 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26595 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26596 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26597 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26598 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26599
26600 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26601 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26602
26603 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26604 expression and raw delimiter regular
26605 expression, it parses the specified text
26606 area and extracts cell items from
26607 non-table text and then forms a table out
26608 of them.
26609
26610 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26611 creates a single cell table. The text in
26612 the specified region is placed in that
26613 cell.-*-
26614
26615 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26616 like this.
26617
26618 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26619 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26620 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26621 | |
26622 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26623 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26624 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26625 | area and extracts cell items from |
26626 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26627 | of them. |
26628 | |
26629 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26630 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26631 | the specified region is placed in that |
26632 | cell. |
26633 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26634
26635 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26636 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26637 independently.
26638
26639 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26640 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26641 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26642 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26643 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26644 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26645 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26646 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26647 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26648 | |of them. |
26649 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26650 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26651 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26652 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26653 | |cell. |
26654 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26655
26656 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26657 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26658 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26659
26660 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26661
26662 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26663 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26664 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26665 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26666 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26667
26668 \(fn)" t nil)
26669
26670 ;;;***
26671 \f
26672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26673 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26674
26675 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26676 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26677
26678 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26679
26680 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26681 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26682
26683 \(fn)" t nil)
26684
26685 ;;;***
26686 \f
26687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26688 ;;;;;; 0))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26690
26691 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26692 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26693 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26694 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26695 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26696 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26697 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26698
26699 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26700 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26701 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26702 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26703
26704 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26705 \\{tar-mode-map}
26706
26707 \(fn)" t nil)
26708
26709 ;;;***
26710 \f
26711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26712 ;;;;;; 0))
26713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26714
26715 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26716 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26717 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26718 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26719 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26720 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26721
26722 Variables controlling indentation style:
26723 `tcl-indent-level'
26724 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26725 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26726 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26727
26728 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26729 documentation for details):
26730 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26731 Controls action of TAB key.
26732 `tcl-auto-newline'
26733 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26734 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26735 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26736 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26737 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26738
26739 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26740 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26741 already exist.
26742
26743 \(fn)" t nil)
26744
26745 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26746 Run inferior Tcl process.
26747 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26748 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26749
26750 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26751
26752 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26753 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26754 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26755
26756 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26757
26758 ;;;***
26759 \f
26760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26761 ;;;;;; 0))
26762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26763
26764 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26765 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26766 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26767 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26768
26769 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26770 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26771 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26772 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26773 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26774
26775 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26776
26777 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26778 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26779 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26780 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26781
26782 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26783
26784 ;;;***
26785 \f
26786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21215 43189 822371 0))
26787 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26788
26789 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26790 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26791 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26792 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26793 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26794 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26795
26796 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26797
26798 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26799 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26800 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26801 commands to use in that buffer.
26802
26803 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26804
26805 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26806
26807 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26808 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26809
26810 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26811
26812 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26813 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26814 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26815 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26816 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26817 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26818 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26819 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26820 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26821 use in that buffer.
26822 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26823
26824 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26825
26826 ;;;***
26827 \f
26828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26829 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26831
26832 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26833 Start coverage on function under point.
26834
26835 \(fn)" t nil)
26836
26837 ;;;***
26838 \f
26839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26840 ;;;;;; 0))
26841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26842 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26843
26844 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26845 Play the Tetris game.
26846 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26847 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26848 as to form complete rows.
26849
26850 tetris-mode keybindings:
26851 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26852 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26853 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26854 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26855 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26856 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26857 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26858 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26859 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26860
26861 \(fn)" t nil)
26862
26863 ;;;***
26864 \f
26865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21240 46395
26866 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
26867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26868
26869 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26870 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26871
26872 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26873
26874 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26875 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26876 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26877 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26878 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26879
26880 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26881
26882 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26883 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26884 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26885 if it matches the first line of the file,
26886 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26887
26888 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26889
26890 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26891 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26892 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26893 if the variable is non-nil.")
26894
26895 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26896
26897 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26898 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26899
26900 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26901
26902 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26903 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26904 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26905 See the documentation of that variable.")
26906
26907 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26908
26909 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26910 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26911 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26912 See the documentation of that variable.")
26913
26914 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26915
26916 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26917 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26918 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26919 See the documentation of that variable.")
26920
26921 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26922
26923 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26924 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26925 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26926 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26927 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26930
26931 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26932 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26933 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26934 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26939 User defined LaTeX block names.
26940 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26941
26942 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26943
26944 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26945 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26946 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26947 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26952 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26953 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26954 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26955
26956 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26957
26958 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26959 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26960 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26961 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26962
26963 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26964 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26965 for example,
26966
26967 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26968 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26969
26970 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26971 use.")
26972
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26974
26975 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26976 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26977 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26978 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26979 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26980
26981 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26982
26983 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26984
26985 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26986 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26987 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26988
26989 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26990
26991 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26992 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26993 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26994 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26995 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26996
26997 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26998
26999 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27000 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27001
27002 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27003
27004 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27005 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27006
27007 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27008
27009 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27010 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27011 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27012 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27013 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27014 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27015 says which mode to use.
27016
27017 \(fn)" t nil)
27018
27019 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27020
27021 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27022
27023 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27024
27025 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27026 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27027 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27028 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27029 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27030
27031 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27032 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27033 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27034 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27035 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27036 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27037 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27038
27039 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27040 mismatched $'s or braces.
27041
27042 Special commands:
27043 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27044
27045 Mode variables:
27046 tex-run-command
27047 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27048 tex-directory
27049 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27050 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27051 tex-dvi-print-command
27052 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27053 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27054 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27055 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27056 tex-dvi-view-command
27057 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27058 tex-show-queue-command
27059 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27060 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27061
27062 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27063 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27064 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27065
27066 \(fn)" t nil)
27067
27068 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27069 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27070 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27071 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27072 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27073
27074 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27075 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27076 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27077 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27078 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27079 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27080 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27081
27082 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27083 mismatched $'s or braces.
27084
27085 Special commands:
27086 \\{latex-mode-map}
27087
27088 Mode variables:
27089 latex-run-command
27090 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27091 tex-directory
27092 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27093 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27094 tex-dvi-print-command
27095 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27096 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27097 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27098 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27099 tex-dvi-view-command
27100 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27101 tex-show-queue-command
27102 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27103 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27104
27105 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27106 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27107 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27108
27109 \(fn)" t nil)
27110
27111 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27112 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27113 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27114 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27115 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27116
27117 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27118 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27119 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27120 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27121 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27122 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27123 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27124
27125 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27126 mismatched $'s or braces.
27127
27128 Special commands:
27129 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27130
27131 Mode variables:
27132 slitex-run-command
27133 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27134 tex-directory
27135 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27136 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27137 tex-dvi-print-command
27138 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27139 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27140 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27141 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27142 tex-dvi-view-command
27143 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27144 tex-show-queue-command
27145 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27146 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27147
27148 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27149 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27150 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27151 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27152
27153 \(fn)" t nil)
27154
27155 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27156
27157
27158 \(fn)" nil nil)
27159
27160 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27161 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27162
27163 \(fn)" t nil)
27164
27165 ;;;***
27166 \f
27167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27168 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27170
27171 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27172 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27173 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27174 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27175
27176 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27177 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27178 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27179
27180 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27181
27182 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27183 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27184 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27185 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27186 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27187
27188 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27189
27190 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27191 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27192 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27193 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27194
27195 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27196 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27197 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27198 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27199
27200 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27201 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27202
27203 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27204
27205 ;;;***
27206 \f
27207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21240 46395
27208 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
27209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27210
27211 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27212 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27213
27214 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27215
27216 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27217 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27218
27219 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27220
27221 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27222 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27223
27224 It has these extra commands:
27225 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27226
27227 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27228 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27229 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27230 modified version of TeX input format.
27231
27232 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27233 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27234 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27235 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27236
27237 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27238 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27239 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27240 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27241 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27242 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27243 in the Texinfo file.
27244
27245 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27246 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27247 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27248 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27249 move forward past the closing brace.
27250
27251 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27252 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27253
27254 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27255 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27256 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27257
27258 Here are the functions:
27259
27260 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27261 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27262 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27263
27264 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27265 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27266 texinfo-master-menu
27267
27268 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27269
27270 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27271 which menu descriptions are indented.
27272
27273 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27274 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27275 in the region.
27276
27277 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27278 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27279 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27280 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27281
27282 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27283 be the first node in the file.
27284
27285 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27286 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27287
27288 \(fn)" t nil)
27289
27290 ;;;***
27291 \f
27292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27293 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27295
27296 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27297 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27298 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27299 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27300
27301 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27302
27303 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27304 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27305
27306 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27307
27308 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27309 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27310
27311 \(fn)" t nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27314
27315
27316 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27317
27318 ;;;***
27319 \f
27320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27321 ;;;;;; 0))
27322 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27323
27324 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27325 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27326 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27327 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27328 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27329 `line', and `page'.
27330
27331 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27332
27333 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27334 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27335 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27336 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27337 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27338 `line', and `page'.
27339
27340 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27341 valid THING.
27342
27343 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27344 positions of the thing found.
27345
27346 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27347
27348 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27349 Return the THING at point.
27350 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27351 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27352 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27353 `line', `number', and `page'.
27354
27355 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27356 strip text properties from the return value.
27357
27358 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27359 a symbol as a valid THING.
27360
27361 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27362
27363 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27364 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27365
27366 \(fn)" nil nil)
27367
27368 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27369 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27370
27371 \(fn)" nil nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27374 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27375
27376 \(fn)" nil nil)
27377
27378 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27379 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27380
27381 \(fn)" nil nil)
27382
27383 ;;;***
27384 \f
27385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27386 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27387
27388 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27389 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27390
27391 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27392
27393 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27394 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27395 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27396 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27397
27398 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27399
27400 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27401 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27402
27403 \(fn)" t nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27406 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27407
27408 \(fn)" t nil)
27409
27410 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27411
27412 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27413 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27414
27415 \(fn)" t nil)
27416
27417 ;;;***
27418 \f
27419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27420 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27421 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27422
27423 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27424 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27425 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27426
27427 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27428
27429 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27430 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27431
27432 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27433
27434 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27435 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27436 The returned string has no composition information.
27437
27438 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27439
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27441 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27442
27443 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27444
27445 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27446 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27447
27448 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27449
27450 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27451 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27452 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27453 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27454
27455 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27458 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27459 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27460 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27461
27462 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27463
27464 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27465 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27466 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27467
27468 \(fn)" t nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27471 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27472 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27473
27474 \(fn)" t nil)
27475
27476 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27477
27478
27479 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27480
27481 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27482
27483
27484 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27487
27488
27489 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27490
27491 ;;;***
27492 \f
27493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21187 63826
27494 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27495 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27496 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27497
27498 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27499 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27500 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27501 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27502 parameters.
27503 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27504
27505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27506
27507 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27508 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27509 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27510 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27511 parameters.
27512 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27513
27514 \(fn)" t nil)
27515
27516 ;;;***
27517 \f
27518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27519 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27520
27521 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27522 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27523
27524 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27525 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27526
27527 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27528 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27529 This display updates automatically every minute.
27530 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27531 are displayed as well.
27532 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27533
27534 \(fn)" t nil)
27535
27536 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27537 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27538 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27541 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27542
27543 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27544
27545 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27546 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27549 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27550
27551 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27552 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27553 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27554 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27555 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27556
27557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27558
27559 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27560 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27561 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27562 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27563
27564 \(fn)" t nil)
27565
27566 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27567 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27568 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27569 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27570
27571 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27572
27573 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27574 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27575
27576 \(fn)" t nil)
27577
27578 ;;;***
27579 \f
27580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21187
27581 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27582 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27583
27584 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27585 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27586 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27587
27588 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27589 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27590 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27591 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27592 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27593 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27594
27595 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27596 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27597
27598 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27599
27600 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27601 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27602
27603 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27604
27605 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27606 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27607
27608 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27609
27610 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27611 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27612 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27613
27614 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27615
27616 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27617
27618 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27619 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27620 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27621
27622 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27623
27624 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27625 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27626
27627 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27628
27629 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27630 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27631 DATE should be a date-time string.
27632
27633 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27634
27635 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27636 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27637 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27638
27639 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27640
27641 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27642 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27643
27644 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27645
27646 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27647 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27648
27649 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27652 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27653 TIME should be a time value.
27654 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27655
27656 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27659 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27660 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27661
27662 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27663
27664 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27665 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27666 The valid format specifiers are:
27667 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27668 %d is the number of days.
27669 %h is the number of hours.
27670 %m is the number of minutes.
27671 %s is the number of seconds.
27672 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27673 %% is a literal \"%\".
27674
27675 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27676 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27677
27678 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27679 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27680 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27681
27682 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27683 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27684 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27685
27686 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27687
27688 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27689
27690 ;;;***
27691 \f
27692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27693 ;;;;;; 0))
27694 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27695 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27696 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27697 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27698 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27699 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27700 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27701 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27702 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27703
27704 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27705 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27706 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27707 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27708 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27709 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27710 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27711 look like one of the following:
27712 Time-stamp: <>
27713 Time-stamp: \" \"
27714 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27715 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27716 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27717 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27718 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27719 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27720 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27721 the template.
27722
27723 \(fn)" t nil)
27724
27725 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27726 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27727 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27728
27729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27730
27731 ;;;***
27732 \f
27733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27734 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27735 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27736 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27737
27738 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27739 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27740 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27743 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27744
27745 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27748 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27749 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27750 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27751 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27752 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27753 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27754 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27755 display (non-nil means on).
27756
27757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27760 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27761 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27762 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27763 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27764 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27765 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27766 this function is called within a day.
27767
27768 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27769 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27770 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27771 discover the name of the project.
27772
27773 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27774
27775 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27776 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27777 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27778 begun during the last time segment.
27779
27780 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27781 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27782 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27783 discover the reason.
27784
27785 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27786
27787 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27788 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27789 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27790 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27791 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27792
27793 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27794
27795 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27796 Change to working on a different project.
27797 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27798 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27799 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27800 working on.
27801
27802 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27803
27804 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27805 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27806 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27807
27808 \(fn)" nil nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27811 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27812 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27813
27814 \(fn)" t nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27817 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27818 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27819 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27820 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27821 \"relative to today\".
27822
27823 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27824
27825 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27826 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27827 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27828 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27829
27830 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27831
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27833 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27834 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27835 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27836 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27837 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27838
27839 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27840
27841 ;;;***
27842 \f
27843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27844 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27846
27847 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27848 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27849 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27850 the generated Quail package is saved.
27851
27852 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27853
27854 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27855 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27856 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27857 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27859 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27860 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27861
27862 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27863
27864 ;;;***
27865 \f
27866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27867 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27868 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27869 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27870
27871 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27872 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27873 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27874 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27875 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27876
27877 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27878 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27879 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27880
27881 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27882
27883 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27884 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27885 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27886 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27887 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27888
27889 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27892 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27893 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27894 in the menu in two ways:
27895 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27896 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27897 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27898
27899 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27900 keymap or an alist of alists.
27901 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27902 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27903
27904 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27905
27906 ;;;***
27907 \f
27908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21204
27909 ;;;;;; 37210 187838 0))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27911
27912 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27913 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27914
27915 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27916 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27917 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27918 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27919 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27920 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27921 file was last visited.
27922
27923 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27924 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27925 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27926 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27927 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27928 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27929 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27930 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27931 for the first item.
27932
27933 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27934 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27935 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27936 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27937 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27938 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27939 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27940 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27941
27942 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27943 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27944 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27945 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27946 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27947
27948 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27949 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27950
27951 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27952
27953 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27954 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27955
27956 \\{todo-mode-map}
27957
27958 \(fn)" t nil)
27959
27960 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27961 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27962
27963 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27964
27965 \(fn)" t nil)
27966
27967 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27968 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27969
27970 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27971
27972 \(fn)" t nil)
27973
27974 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
27975
27976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
27977
27978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
27979
27980 ;;;***
27981 \f
27982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27983 ;;;;;; 0))
27984 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27985
27986 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27987 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27988 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27989
27990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27991
27992 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27993 Add an item to the tool bar.
27994 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27995 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27996 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27997 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27998
27999 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28000 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28001 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28002 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28003
28004 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28005 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28006
28007 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28008
28009 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28010 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28011 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28012 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28013 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28014 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28015
28016 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28017 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28018 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28019 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28020
28021 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28022
28023 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28024 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28025 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28026 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28027 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28028 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28029 properties to add to the binding.
28030
28031 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28032
28033 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28034 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28035
28036 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28037
28038 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28039 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28040 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28041 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28042 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28043 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28044 properties to add to the binding.
28045
28046 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28047 holds a keymap.
28048
28049 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28050
28051 ;;;***
28052 \f
28053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21187 63826
28054 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28056 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28057
28058 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28059 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28060 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28062 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28063 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28064
28065 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28066
28067 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28068 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28069 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28070 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28071 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28072
28073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28074
28075 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28076
28077 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28078 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28079
28080 \(fn)" t nil)
28081
28082 ;;;***
28083 \f
28084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21187
28085 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28087
28088 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28089 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28090
28091 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28092 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28093 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28094 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28095 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28096
28097 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28098 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28099 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28100 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28101 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28102
28103 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28104 (tpu-edt)
28105
28106 Known Problems:
28107
28108 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28109 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28110 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28111 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28112 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28113 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28114
28115 \(fn)" t nil)
28116
28117 ;;;***
28118 \f
28119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28120 ;;;;;; 0))
28121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28122
28123 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28124 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28125 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28126 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28127 to a tcp server on another machine.
28128
28129 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28130
28131 ;;;***
28132 \f
28133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28134 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
28135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28136
28137 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28138 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28139
28140 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28141
28142 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28143 Helper function to get internal values.
28144 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28145
28146 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28147
28148 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28149 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28150 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28151 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28152
28153 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28154 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28155 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28156 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28157 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28158
28159 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28160 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28161 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28162 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28163
28164 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28165
28166 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28167
28168 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28169 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28170 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28171 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28172
28173 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28174
28175 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28176
28177 ;;;***
28178 \f
28179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21299 64170 881226
28180 ;;;;;; 0))
28181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28182
28183 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28184 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28185 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28186
28187 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28188
28189 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28190 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28191
28192 It can have the following values:
28193
28194 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28195 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28196
28197 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28198
28199 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28200 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28201 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28202 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28203
28204 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28205
28206 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28207 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28208 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28209 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28210
28211 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28212 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28213 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28214 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28215 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28216 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28217 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28218 files which are not really Tramp files.
28219
28220 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28221 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28222 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28223 updated after changing this variable.
28224
28225 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28226
28227 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28228 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28229 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28230 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28231
28232 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28233
28234 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28235 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28236 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28237 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28238
28239 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28240 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28241 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28242
28243 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28244 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28245 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28246 updated after changing this variable.
28247
28248 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28249
28250 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28251 Alist of completion handler functions.
28252 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28253 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28254 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28255
28256 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28257 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28258 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28259 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28260
28261 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28262 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28263 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28264 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28265
28266 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28267 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28268 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28269
28270 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28271
28272 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28273 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28274 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28275
28276 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28277 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28278
28279 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28280
28281 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28282
28283
28284 \(fn)" nil nil)
28285
28286 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28287 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28288
28289 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28290
28291 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28292 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28293
28294 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28295
28296 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28297 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28298
28299 \(fn)" t nil)
28300
28301 ;;;***
28302 \f
28303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21187 63826
28304 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28306
28307 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28308
28309
28310 \(fn)" nil nil)
28311
28312 ;;;***
28313 \f
28314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21240 46395 727291
28315 ;;;;;; 0))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28317
28318 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28319 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28320 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28321 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28322 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28323 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28324 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28325 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28326
28327 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28328 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28329 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28330
28331 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28332 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28333 resumed later.
28334
28335 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28336
28337 ;;;***
28338 \f
28339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28340 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28341 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28342
28343 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28344
28345
28346 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28347
28348 ;;;***
28349 \f
28350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28351 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28352 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28353 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28354 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28355 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28356
28357 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28358 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28359 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28360 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28361 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28362 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28363 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28364
28365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28366
28367 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28368 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28369 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28370 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28371
28372 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28373
28374 \(fn)" t nil)
28375
28376 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28377 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28378 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28379 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28380 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28381 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28382 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28383
28384 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28385 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28386
28387 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28388 \\___/\\
28389 / \\
28390 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28391
28392 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28393
28394 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28395
28396 ;;;***
28397 \f
28398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28399 ;;;;;; 0))
28400 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28401
28402 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28403 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28404 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28406 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28407 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28408
28409 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28410
28411 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28412 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28413 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28414
28415 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28416 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28417 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28418 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28419 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28420 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28421 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28422
28423 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28424 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28425
28426 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28427 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28428 reset the keystroke counter.
28429
28430 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28431 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28432 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28433 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28434
28435 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28436 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28437 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28438 `type-break-schedule' command.
28439
28440 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28441 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28442 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28443 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28444 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28445 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28446 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28447 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28448 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28449
28450 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28451 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28452 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28453 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28454 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28455
28456 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28457 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28458 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28459 approximate good values for this.
28460
28461 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28462 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28463
28464 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28465 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28466 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28467 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28468 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28469 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28470
28471 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28472 a typing break occur. They include:
28473
28474 `type-break-query-mode'
28475 `type-break-query-function'
28476 `type-break-query-interval'
28477
28478 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28479
28480 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28481 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28482 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28483 problems.
28484
28485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28486
28487 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28488 Take a typing break.
28489
28490 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28491 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28492
28493 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28494 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28495
28496 \(fn)" t nil)
28497
28498 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28499 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28500 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28501 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28502
28503 \(fn)" t nil)
28504
28505 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28506 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28507
28508 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28509 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28510 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28511 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28512 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28513 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28514 average typing speed.)
28515
28516 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28517 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28518 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28519 the computed maximum threshold.
28520
28521 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28522 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28523 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28524 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28525 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28526
28527 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28528
28529 ;;;***
28530 \f
28531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28533
28534 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28535 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28536 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28537 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28538 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28539
28540 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28541
28542 ;;;***
28543 \f
28544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28545 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28547
28548 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28549 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28550
28551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28552
28553 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28554 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28555
28556 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28557
28558 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28559 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28560
28561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28562
28563 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28564 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28565
28566 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28567
28568 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28569 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28570
28571 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28572
28573 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28574 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28575
28576 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28577
28578 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28579 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28580
28581 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28582
28583 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28584 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28585
28586 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28587
28588 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28589 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28590
28591 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28592
28593 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28594 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28595
28596 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28597
28598 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28599 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28600
28601 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28602
28603 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28604 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28605
28606 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28607
28608 ;;;***
28609 \f
28610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28611 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28612 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28613
28614 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28615 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28616 Works by overstriking underscores.
28617 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28618 which specify the range to operate on.
28619
28620 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28621
28622 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28623 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28624 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28625 which specify the range to operate on.
28626
28627 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28628
28629 ;;;***
28630 \f
28631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28632 ;;;;;; 0))
28633 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28634
28635 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28636 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28637 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28638 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28639 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28640 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28641
28642 \(fn)" nil nil)
28643
28644 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28645 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28646 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28647
28648 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28649
28650 ;;;***
28651 \f
28652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28653 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28655
28656 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28657 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28658 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28659 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28660
28661 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28662
28663 ;;;***
28664 \f
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21302 6641 882267 783000))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28667
28668 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28669 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28670 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28671 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28672 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28673
28674 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28675 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28676 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28677 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28678 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28679 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28680
28681 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28682 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28683 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28684
28685 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28686 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28687 the callback is not called).
28688
28689 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28690 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28691 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28692 take effect.
28693
28694 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28695 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28696 the server.
28697 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28698 URL-encoded before it's used.
28699
28700 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28701
28702 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28703 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28704 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28705 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28706 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28707
28708 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28709
28710 ;;;***
28711 \f
28712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28713 ;;;;;; 0))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28715
28716 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28717 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28718 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28719
28720 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28721 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28722 `url-generic-parse-url'
28723 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28724 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28725 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28726 realm
28727 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28728 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28729 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28730 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28731 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28732 what type of auth to use
28733 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28734 if one cannot be found in the cache
28735
28736 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28737
28738 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28739 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28740
28741 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28742 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28743 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28744 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28745 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28746 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28747 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28748 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28749
28750 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28751
28752 ;;;***
28753 \f
28754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28755 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28756 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28757
28758 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28759 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28760
28761 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28762
28763 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28764 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28765 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28766
28767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28768
28769 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28770 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28771
28772 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28773
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28777 ;;;;;; 0))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28779
28780 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28781
28782
28783 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28784
28785 ;;;***
28786 \f
28787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28788 ;;;;;; 377000))
28789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28790
28791 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28792 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28793 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28794
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28796
28797 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28798 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28799 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28800 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28801
28802 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28803 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28804 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28805 though.
28806
28807 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28808
28809 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28810 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28811 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28812
28813 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28814
28815 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28816
28817
28818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28819
28820 ;;;***
28821 \f
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28823 ;;;;;; 0))
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28825
28826 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28827 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28828
28829 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28830
28831 ;;;***
28832 \f
28833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21302 6606 390237
28834 ;;;;;; 377000))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28836
28837 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28838 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28839
28840 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28841
28842 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28843 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28844 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28845 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28846 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28847
28848 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28849
28850 ;;;***
28851 \f
28852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21299
28853 ;;;;;; 64170 881226 0))
28854 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28855
28856 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28857 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28858 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28861 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28862
28863 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28864
28865 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28866 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28867 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28868 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28869 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28870
28871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28872
28873 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28874 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28875 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28876 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28877
28878 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28879
28880 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28881 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28882 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28883 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28884 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28885 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28886 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28887 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28888 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28889 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28890
28891 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28892
28893 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28894 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28895 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28896 accessible.
28897
28898 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28899
28900 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28901
28902
28903 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28904
28905 ;;;***
28906 \f
28907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21302 6606 390237
28908 ;;;;;; 377000))
28909 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28910 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28911
28912 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28913 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28914 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28915 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28916 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28921 ;;;;;; 0))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28925
28926
28927 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28928
28929 ;;;***
28930 \f
28931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28932 ;;;;;; 0))
28933 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28934
28935 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28936 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28937 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28938 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28939 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28940
28941 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942
28943 ;;;***
28944 \f
28945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28946 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28947 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28948
28949 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28950
28951
28952 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28953
28954 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28955 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28956
28957 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28958
28959 ;;;***
28960 \f
28961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28962 ;;;;;; 0))
28963 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28964
28965 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28966 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28967
28968 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28971 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28972
28973 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28974
28975 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28976
28977
28978 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28979
28980 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28981
28982 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28983
28984 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28985
28986 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28987 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28988
28989 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28990
28991 ;;;***
28992 \f
28993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28994 ;;;;;; 350000))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28996
28997 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28998
28999
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001
29002 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29003
29004
29005 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29006
29007 ;;;***
29008 \f
29009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
29010 ;;;;;; 0))
29011 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29012
29013 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29014
29015
29016 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29017
29018 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29019
29020
29021 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29022
29023 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29024
29025
29026 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29027
29028 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29029
29030
29031 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29032
29033 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29034
29035
29036 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29037
29038 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29039
29040
29041 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29042
29043 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29044
29045
29046 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29047
29048 ;;;***
29049 \f
29050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21187 63826
29051 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29052 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29053
29054 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29055 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29056
29057 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29058
29059 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29060 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29061 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29062
29063 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29064 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29065 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29066 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29067 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29068 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29069 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29070 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29071 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29072 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29073 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29074 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29075 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29076 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29077
29078 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29079 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29080 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29081
29082 Here is an example. The URL
29083
29084 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29085
29086 parses to
29087
29088 TYPE = \"foo\"
29089 USER = \"bob\"
29090 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29091 HOST = \"example.com\"
29092 PORTSPEC = 42
29093 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29094 TARGET = \"nose\"
29095 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29096 FULLNESS = t
29097
29098 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29099
29100 ;;;***
29101 \f
29102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29103 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29105
29106 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29107 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29108
29109 \(fn)" t nil)
29110
29111 ;;;***
29112 \f
29113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29114 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29115 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29116
29117 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29118 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29119 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29120 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29121 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29122 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29123
29124 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29125
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21302 6606 390237
29129 ;;;;;; 377000))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29131
29132 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29133 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29134 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29135
29136 If t, all messages will be logged.
29137 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29138 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29139
29140 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29141
29142 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29143
29144
29145 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29146
29147 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29148
29149
29150 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29151
29152 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29153 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29154 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29155 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29156 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29157 & ==> &amp;
29158 < ==> &lt;
29159 > ==> &gt;
29160 \" ==> &quot;
29161
29162 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29163
29164 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29165 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29166 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29167
29168 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29171 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29172 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29173
29174 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29175
29176 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29177 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29178
29179 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29180
29181 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29182 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29183
29184 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29187 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29188
29189 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29192
29193
29194 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29197
29198
29199 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29200
29201 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29202
29203 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29204 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29205
29206 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29207
29208 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29209 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29210
29211 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29212
29213 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29214
29215
29216 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29219 Build a query-string.
29220
29221 Given a QUERY in the form:
29222 '((key1 val1)
29223 (key2 val2)
29224 (key3 val1 val2)
29225 (key4)
29226 (key5 \"\"))
29227
29228 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29229
29230 This will return a string
29231 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29232 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29233 be used.
29234
29235 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29236
29237 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29238 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29239
29240 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29241
29242 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29243 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29244 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29245 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29246 forbidden in URL encoding.
29247
29248 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29249
29250 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29251 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29252 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29253 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29254 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29255 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29256
29257 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29258 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29259 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29260 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29261
29262 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29265 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29266 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29267 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29268 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29269 should return it unchanged.
29270
29271 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29272
29273 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29274 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29275 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29276 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29277
29278 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29279
29280 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29281 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29282 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29283
29284 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29285
29286 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29287 View the current document's URL.
29288 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29289 the minibuffer.
29290
29291 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29292
29293 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29294
29295 ;;;***
29296 \f
29297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29298 ;;;;;; 374000))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29300
29301 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29302 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29303 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29304 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29305 to refrain from editing the file
29306 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29307 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29308 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29309 in any way you like.
29310
29311 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29312
29313 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29314 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29315 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29316 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29317 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29318
29319 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29320 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29321
29322 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29323
29324 ;;;***
29325 \f
29326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29327 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29328 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29329
29330 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29331
29332
29333 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29334
29335 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29336
29337
29338 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29339
29340 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29341
29342
29343 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29344
29345 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29346
29347
29348 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29349
29350 ;;;***
29351 \f
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29354
29355 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29356 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29357
29358 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29359
29360 ;;;***
29361 \f
29362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29363 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29364 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29365
29366 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29367 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29368 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29369 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29370
29371 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29372
29373 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29374 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29375 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29376
29377 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29378
29379 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29380 Uudecode region between START and END.
29381 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29382
29383 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29384
29385 ;;;***
29386 \f
29387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29389
29390 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29391 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29392 See `run-hooks'.")
29393
29394 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29395
29396 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29397 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29398 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29399
29400 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29401
29402 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29403 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29404 See `run-hooks'.")
29405
29406 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29407
29408 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29409 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29410 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29411 same state. If not, signal an error.
29412
29413 For merging-based version control systems:
29414 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29415 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29416 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29417 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29418 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29419 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29420
29421 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29422 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29423 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29424 the file(s) for editing.
29425 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29426 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29427 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29428 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29429 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29430 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29431
29432 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29433
29434 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29435 Register into a version control system.
29436 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29437 Otherwise register the current file.
29438 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29439 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29440
29441 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29442 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29443 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29444 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29445 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29446 first backend that could register the file is used.
29447
29448 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29449
29450 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29451 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29452
29453 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29454
29455 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29456 Display diffs between file revisions.
29457 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29458 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29459 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29460
29461 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29462 saving the buffer.
29463
29464 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29465
29466 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29467 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29468 repository history using ediff.
29469
29470 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29471
29472 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29473 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29474 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29475 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29476 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29477
29478 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29479 saving the buffer.
29480
29481 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29482
29483 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29484 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29485 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29486 fileset with the working revision.
29487 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29488 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29489
29490 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29491 saving the buffer.
29492
29493 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29494
29495 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29496 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29497 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29498 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29499
29500 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29501
29502 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29503 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29504 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29505 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29506
29507 \(fn)" t nil)
29508
29509 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29510 Perform a version control merge operation.
29511 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29512 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29513 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29514 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29515
29516 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29517 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29518 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29519 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29520 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29521 changes from the current branch.
29522
29523 \(fn)" t nil)
29524
29525 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29526
29527 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29528 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29529 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29530 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29531 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29532 checked out in that new branch.
29533
29534 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29535
29536 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29537 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29538 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29539 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29540 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29541 allowed and simply skipped).
29542
29543 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29544
29545 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29546 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29547 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29548 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29549 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29550
29551 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29552 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29553
29554 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29555
29556 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29557 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29558 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29559 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29560 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29561
29562 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29563
29564 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29565 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29566 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29567
29568 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29571 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29572 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29573
29574 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29575
29576 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29577 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29578 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29579 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29580
29581 \(fn)" t nil)
29582
29583 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29584 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29585 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29586 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29587
29588 \(fn)" t nil)
29589
29590 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29591
29592 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29593 Update the current fileset or branch.
29594 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29595 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29596 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29597 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29598
29599 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29600 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29601 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29602 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29603 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29604
29605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29606
29607 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29608
29609 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29610 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29611 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29612 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29613 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29614 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29615 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29616
29617 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29618
29619 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29620 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29621 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29622 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29623 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29624 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29625 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29626 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29627 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29628
29629 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29630
29631 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29632 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29633 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29634 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29635
29636 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29637
29638 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29639 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29640 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29641 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29642
29643 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29644
29645 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29646 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29647 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29648 directory.
29649
29650 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29651
29652 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29653 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29654 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29655
29656 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29657 log entries should be gathered.
29658
29659 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29662 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29663
29664 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29665
29666 ;;;***
29667 \f
29668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21240 46395
29669 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29671
29672 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29673 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29674
29675 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29676 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29677 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29678 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29679 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29680 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29681
29682 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29683 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29684 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29685 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29686 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29687 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29688 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29689 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29690
29691 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29692
29693 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29694
29695 Customization variables:
29696
29697 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29698 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29699 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29700 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29701
29702 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29703
29704 ;;;***
29705 \f
29706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29707 ;;;;;; 0))
29708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29709 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29710 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29711 (progn
29712 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29713 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29714
29715 ;;;***
29716 \f
29717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21240 46395 727291
29718 ;;;;;; 0))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29720
29721 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29722 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29723
29724 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29725 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29726 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29727 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29728 (progn
29729 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29730 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29731
29732 ;;;***
29733 \f
29734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29735 ;;;;;; 0))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29737 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29738 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29739 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29740 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29741 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29742 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29743
29744 ;;;***
29745 \f
29746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29747 ;;;;;; 0))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29749
29750 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29751 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29752 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29753 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29754 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29755
29756 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29757 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29758 The file lines appear later.
29759
29760 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29761 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29762
29763 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29764
29765 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29766
29767 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29768
29769 ;;;***
29770 \f
29771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21187
29772 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29773 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29774
29775 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29776 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29777 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29778 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29779 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29780 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29781 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29782 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29783 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29784 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29785 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29786 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29787 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29788 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29789 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29790
29791 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29792
29793 ;;;***
29794 \f
29795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21274 64565 737222
29796 ;;;;;; 0))
29797 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29798 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29799 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29800 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29801 (progn
29802 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29803 (vc-git-registered file))))
29804
29805 ;;;***
29806 \f
29807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
29808 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29809 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29810 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29811 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29812 (progn
29813 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29814 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29815
29816 ;;;***
29817 \f
29818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29819 ;;;;;; 0))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29821
29822 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29823 Name of the monotone directory.")
29824
29825 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29826 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29827 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29828 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29829 (progn
29830 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29831 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29832
29833 ;;;***
29834 \f
29835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29836 ;;;;;; 0))
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29838
29839 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29840 Where to look for RCS master files.
29841 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29842
29843 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29844
29845 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29846
29847 ;;;***
29848 \f
29849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29850 ;;;;;; 0))
29851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29852
29853 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29854 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29855 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29856
29857 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29858
29859 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29860
29861 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29862 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29863 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29864 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29865
29866 ;;;***
29867 \f
29868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29869 ;;;;;; 0))
29870 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29871 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29872 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29873 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29874 "_svn")
29875 (t ".svn"))))
29876 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29877 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29878 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29879
29880 ;;;***
29881 \f
29882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21187
29883 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29885 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29886 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29887
29888 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29889 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29890
29891 Usage:
29892 ------
29893
29894 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29895 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29896 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29897 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29898
29899 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29900 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29901 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29902 completions.
29903
29904 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29905 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29906
29907 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29908 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29909
29910 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29911 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29912 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29913
29914 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29915
29916
29917 Maintenance:
29918 ------------
29919
29920 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29921 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29922
29923 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29924
29925 Official distribution is at
29926 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29927
29928
29929 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29930 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29931
29932 Key bindings:
29933 -------------
29934
29935 \\{vera-mode-map}
29936
29937 \(fn)" t nil)
29938
29939 ;;;***
29940 \f
29941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29942 ;;;;;; (21298 43300 420449 0))
29943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29944
29945 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29946 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29947 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29948 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29949 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29950
29951 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29952
29953 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29954 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29955
29956 Supports highlighting.
29957
29958 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29959 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29960
29961 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29962
29963 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29964 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29965 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29966 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29967 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29968 on the left side of your screen.
29969 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29970 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29971 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29972 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29973 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29974 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29975 function keyword.
29976 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29977 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29978 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29979 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29980 if (a)
29981 begin
29982 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29983 Indentation for case statements.
29984 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29985 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29986 mark after an end.
29987 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29988 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29989 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29990 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29991 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29992 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29993 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29994 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29995 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29996 if (a)
29997 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29998 otherwise you get:
29999 if (a)
30000 begin
30001 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30002 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30003 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30004 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30005 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30006 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30007 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30008 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30009 comments in tight quarters.
30010 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30011 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30012
30013 Variables controlling other actions:
30014
30015 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30016 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30017 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30018
30019 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30020
30021 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30022
30023 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30024 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30025 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30026
30027 Some other functions are:
30028
30029 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30030 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30031 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30032 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30033 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30034
30035 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30036 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30037 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30038 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30039
30040 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30041 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30042 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30043 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30044 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30045 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30046 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30047 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30048 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30049 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30050 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30051 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30052 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30053 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30054 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30055 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30056 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30060 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30061 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30062 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30063 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30064 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30065 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30067 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30068 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30069 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30070 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30071
30072 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30073 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30074
30075 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30076
30077 \(fn)" t nil)
30078
30079 ;;;***
30080 \f
30081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
30082 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
30083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30084
30085 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30086 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30087
30088 Usage:
30089 ------
30090
30091 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30092 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30093 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30094 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30095 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30096 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30097 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30098 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30099 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30100
30101 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30102 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30103 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30104 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30105
30106 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30107 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30108 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30109 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30110 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30111
30112 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30113 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30114
30115
30116 HEADER INSERTION:
30117 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30118 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30119 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30120
30121
30122 STUTTERING:
30123 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30124 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30125 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30126 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30127
30128 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30129 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30130 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30131 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30132 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30133
30134
30135 WORD COMPLETION:
30136 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30137 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30138 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30139 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30140
30141 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30142 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30143 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30144 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30145 beginning with \"std\").
30146
30147 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30148 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30149 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30150 stop.
30151
30152
30153 COMMENTS:
30154 `--' puts a single comment.
30155 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30156 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30157 with a comment in between.
30158 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30159 out following lines.
30160 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30161 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30162 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30163 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30164
30165 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30166 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30167 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30168 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30169 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30170 non-nil.
30171
30172 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30173 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30174 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30175 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30176 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30177 multi-line comments.
30178
30179
30180 INDENTATION:
30181 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30182 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30183 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30184 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30185 the entire region.
30186
30187 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30188 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30189 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30190 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30191
30192 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30193 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30194 and vice versa.
30195
30196 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30197 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30198
30199 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30200 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30201 line.
30202
30203
30204 ALIGNMENT:
30205 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30206 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30207 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30208 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30209 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30210 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30211 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30212 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30213
30214 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30215 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30216 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30217 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30218 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30219 is non-nil.
30220
30221 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30222 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30223 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30224
30225 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30226 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30227
30228
30229 CODE FILLING:
30230 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30231 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30232 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30233 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30234 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30235 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30236
30237
30238 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30239 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30240 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30241 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30242 command:
30243
30244 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30245
30246
30247 PORT TRANSLATION:
30248 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30249 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30250 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30251 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30252 internal signal initializations (menu).
30253
30254 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30255 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30256 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30257
30258 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30259 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30260 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30261 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30262 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30263 in subsequent paste operations.)
30264
30265 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30266 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30267 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30268
30269
30270 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30271 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30272 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30273 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30274 association list with formals).
30275
30276
30277 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30278 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30279 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30280 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30281 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30282 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30283 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30284 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30285 `vhdl-testbench'.
30286
30287
30288 KEY BINDINGS:
30289 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30290
30291
30292 VHDL MENU:
30293 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30294
30295
30296 FILE BROWSER:
30297 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30298 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30299 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30300
30301 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30302 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30303
30304
30305 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30306 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30307 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30308 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30309
30310 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30311 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30312 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30313
30314 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30315 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30316 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30317 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30318
30319 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30320 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30321 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30322 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30323 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30324
30325 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30326 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30327 required by secondary units.
30328
30329
30330 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30331 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30332 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30333 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30334 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30335 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30336 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30337 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30338 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30339 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30340 inputs to this component -> input port created
30341 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30342 outputs from this component -> output port created
30343 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30344 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30345
30346 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30347 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30348 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30349 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30350 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30351
30352 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30353 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30354
30355 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30356 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30357 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30358 component instantiation is also supported (option
30359 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30360
30361 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30362 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30363 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30364 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30365 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30366 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30367 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30368 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30369 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30370 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30371 generating the configuration.
30372
30373 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30374 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30375 configurations in speedbar.
30376
30377 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30378
30379
30380 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30381 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30382 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30383 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30384 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30385 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30386 information. New compilers can be added.
30387
30388 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30389 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30390
30391
30392 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30393 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30394 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30395 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30396 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30397
30398 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30399 command:
30400
30401 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30402 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30403 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30404
30405 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30406 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30407 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30408 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30409 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30410 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30411 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30412 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30413 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30414
30415 Limitations:
30416 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30417 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30418 not (yet) supported.
30419 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30420 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30421 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30422
30423
30424 PROJECTS:
30425 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30426 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30427 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30428 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30429 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30430 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30431 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30432 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30433
30434 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30435 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30436 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30437 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30438 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30439 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30440 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30441 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30442 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30443 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30444 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30445
30446
30447 SPECIAL MENUES:
30448 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30449 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30450 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30451 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30452 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30453 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30454 current directory for VHDL source files.
30455
30456
30457 VHDL STANDARDS:
30458 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30459 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30460
30461
30462 KEYWORD CASE:
30463 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30464 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30465 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30466 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30467 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30468 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30469 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30470 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30471
30472
30473 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30474 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30475 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30476 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30477 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30478 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30479 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30480
30481 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30482 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30483 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30484 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30485 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30486 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30487
30488 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30489 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30490 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30491 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30492 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30493 visually.
30494
30495 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30496 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30497 highlighted if written in lower case.
30498
30499 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30500 highlighted using a different background color if option
30501 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30502
30503 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30504 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30505 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30506 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30507 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30508
30509
30510 USER MODELS:
30511 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30512 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30513 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30514
30515
30516 HIDE/SHOW:
30517 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30518 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30519 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30520 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30521 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30522
30523
30524 CODE UPDATING:
30525 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30526 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30527 Limitations:
30528 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30529 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30530 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30531 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30532 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30533 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30534 (used to obtain the port names).
30535 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30536 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30537 sensitivity lists.
30538
30539
30540 CODE FIXING:
30541 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30542 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30543
30544
30545 PRINTING:
30546 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30547 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30548 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30549 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30550 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30551 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30552 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30553 printers.
30554
30555
30556 OPTIONS:
30557 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30558 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30559 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30560 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30561 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30562
30563 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30564 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30565 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30566 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30567 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30568 INSTALL file).
30569
30570 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30571 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30572
30573
30574 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30575 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30576 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30577 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30578
30579 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30580
30581
30582 HINTS:
30583 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30584 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30585
30586 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30587
30588 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30589
30590 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30591
30592
30593 RELEASE NOTES:
30594 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30595
30596
30597 Maintenance:
30598 ------------
30599
30600 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30601 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30602
30603 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30604
30605 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30606 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30607 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30608 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30609
30610 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30611 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30612 where the latest version can be found.
30613
30614
30615 Known problems:
30616 ---------------
30617
30618 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30619 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30620 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30621 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30622
30623
30624 The VHDL Mode Authors
30625 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30626
30627 Key bindings:
30628 -------------
30629
30630 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30631
30632 \(fn)" t nil)
30633
30634 ;;;***
30635 \f
30636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30637 ;;;;;; 0))
30638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30639
30640 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30641 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30642 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30643 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30644
30645 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30646 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30647 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30648 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30649 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30650
30651 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30652 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30653
30654 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30655
30656 * Limitations and unsupported features
30657 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30658 not supported.
30659 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30660 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30661
30662 * Modifications
30663 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30664 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30665 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30666 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30667 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30668 for undoing a repeated change command.
30669 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30670 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30671 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30672
30673 * Extensions
30674 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30675 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30676 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30677 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30678 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30679 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30680 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30681 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30682
30683 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30684
30685 \(fn)" t nil)
30686
30687 ;;;***
30688 \f
30689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30690 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30691 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30692
30693 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30694 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30695
30696 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30697
30698 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30699 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30700 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30701 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30702
30703 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30704
30705 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30706 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30707
30708 \(fn)" t nil)
30709
30710 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30711 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30712 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30713 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30714
30715 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30716
30717 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30718 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30719
30720 \(fn)" t nil)
30721
30722 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30723
30724
30725 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30726
30727 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30728
30729
30730 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30731
30732 ;;;***
30733 \f
30734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30735 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30736
30737 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30738 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30739 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30740
30741 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30742
30743 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30744 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30745 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30746 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30747
30748 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30749
30750 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30751 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30752
30753 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30754
30755 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30756 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30757 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30758 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30759 moving around in the buffer.
30760 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30761 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30762
30763 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30764
30765 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30766
30767 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30768 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30769 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30770 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30771
30772 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30773 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30774 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30775 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30776 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30777
30778 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30779
30780 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30781
30782 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30783 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30784 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30785 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30786 buffer.
30787
30788 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30789 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30790 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30791 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30792 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30793
30794 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30795
30796 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30797
30798 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30799 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30800 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30801 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30802 moving around in the buffer.
30803 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30804 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30805
30806 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30807
30808 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30809 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30810 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30811
30812 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30813 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30814 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30815 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30816
30817 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30818 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30819 own View-like bindings.
30820
30821 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30822
30823 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30824 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30825 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30826 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30827 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30828 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30829 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30830
30831 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30832
30833 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30834
30835 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30836 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30837 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30838
30839 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30840 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30841 own View-like bindings.
30842
30843 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30844
30845 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30846 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30847 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30848 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30849 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30850 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30851 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30852
30853 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30854
30855 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30856
30857 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30858 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30859 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30860
30861 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30862 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30863 own View-like bindings.
30864
30865 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30866
30867 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30868 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30870 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30871 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30872
30873 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30874 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30875 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30876 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30877
30878 \\<view-mode-map>
30879
30880 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30881 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30882 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30883 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30884 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30885 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30886 to a repeat count of one.
30887
30888 H, h, ? This message.
30889 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30890 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30891 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30892 > move to the end of buffer.
30893 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30894 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30895 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30896 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30897 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30898 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30899 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30900 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30901 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30902 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30903 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30904 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30905 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30906 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30907 Use this to view a changing file.
30908 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30909 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30910 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30911 . set the mark.
30912 x exchanges point and mark.
30913 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30914 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30915 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30916 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30917 ' go to position saved in character register.
30918 s do forward incremental search.
30919 r do reverse incremental search.
30920 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30921 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30922 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30923 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30924 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30925 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30926 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30927 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30928 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30929 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30930 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30931 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30932 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30933 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30934 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30935 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30936 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30937
30938 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30939 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30940 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30941 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30942 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30943 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30944 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30945 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30946 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30947
30948 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30949
30950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30951
30952 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30953 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30954 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30955 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30956 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30957 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30958 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30959 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30960 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30961
30962 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30963
30964 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30965
30966 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30967 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30968 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30969 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30970 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30971 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30972
30973 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30974 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30975 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30976
30977 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30978
30979 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30980
30981 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30982
30983 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30984 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30985
30986 \(fn)" t nil)
30987
30988 ;;;***
30989 \f
30990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21187 63826 213216
30991 ;;;;;; 0))
30992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30993
30994 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30995 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30996
30997 \(fn)" nil nil)
30998
30999 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31000 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31001
31002 \(fn)" t nil)
31003
31004 ;;;***
31005 \f
31006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21222 16439 978802
31007 ;;;;;; 0))
31008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31009 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31010
31011 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31012 Toggle Viper on/off.
31013 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31014
31015 \(fn)" t nil)
31016
31017 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31018 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31019
31020 \(fn)" t nil)
31021
31022 ;;;***
31023 \f
31024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
31025 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
31026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31027
31028 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31029 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31030 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31031 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31032 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31033 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31034 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31035 the beginning of the warning.")
31036
31037 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31038 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31039 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31040 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31041 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31042 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31043 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31044 also call that function before the next warning.")
31045
31046 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31047 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31048
31049 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31050 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31051 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31052 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31053
31054 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31055 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31056 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31057 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31058 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31059 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31060
31061 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31062 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31063 Default is :warning.
31064
31065 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31066 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31067 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31068 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31069 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31070 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31071
31072 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31073 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31074 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31075
31076 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31077
31078 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31079 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31080
31081 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31082
31083 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31084 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31085 \\<special-mode-map>
31086 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31087 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31088
31089 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31090 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31091 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31092 can be whatever you like.)
31093
31094 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31095 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31096
31097 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31098 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31099 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31100 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31101 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31102
31103 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31104
31105 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31106 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31107 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31108 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31109 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31110
31111 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31112
31113 ;;;***
31114 \f
31115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31116 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31117 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31118
31119 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31120 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31121 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31122 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31123 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31124 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31125 directories to reflect your edits.
31126
31127 See `wdired-mode'.
31128
31129 \(fn)" t nil)
31130
31131 ;;;***
31132 \f
31133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
31134 ;;;;;; 0))
31135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31136
31137 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31138 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31139
31140 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31141 hotlist.
31142
31143 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31144 <nwv@acm.org>.
31145
31146 \(fn)" t nil)
31147
31148 ;;;***
31149 \f
31150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31151 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31153 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31154 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31155
31156 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31157
31158 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31159 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31160 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31162 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31163 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31164
31165 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31166
31167 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31168 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31172
31173 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31174 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31175 in certain major modes.
31176
31177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31178
31179 ;;;***
31180 \f
31181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21255 45558 780901
31182 ;;;;;; 0))
31183 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31184 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31185
31186 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31187 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31188 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31189 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31190 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31191
31192 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31193 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31194
31195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31196
31197 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31198 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31200 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31201 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31202
31203 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31204 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31205 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31206 use `whitespace-mode'.
31207
31208 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31209
31210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31211
31212 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31213 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31214 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31217 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31218
31219 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31220
31221 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31222 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31224 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31225 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31226
31227 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31228 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31229
31230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31231
31232 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31233 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31234 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31236 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31237 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31238
31239 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31240
31241 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31242 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31243 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31244 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31245 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31246
31247 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31248 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31249 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31250 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31251
31252 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31253
31254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31255
31256 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31257 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31258
31259 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31260 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31261
31262 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31263 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31264
31265 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31266
31267 CHAR MEANING
31268 (VIA FACES)
31269 f toggle face visualization
31270 t toggle TAB visualization
31271 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31272 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31273 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31274 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31275 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31276 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31277 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31278 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31279 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31280 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31281 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31282 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31283 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31284 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31285 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31286
31287 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31288 T toggle TAB visualization
31289 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31290 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31291
31292 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31293 ? display brief help
31294
31295 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31296 The valid symbols are:
31297
31298 face toggle face visualization
31299 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31300 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31301 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31302 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31303 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31304 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31305 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31306 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31307 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31308 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31309 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31310 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31311 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31312 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31313 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31314 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31315
31316 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31317 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31318 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31319
31320 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31321
31322 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31323
31324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31325
31326 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31327 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31328
31329 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31330 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31331
31332 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31333 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31334
31335 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31336
31337 CHAR MEANING
31338 (VIA FACES)
31339 f toggle face visualization
31340 t toggle TAB visualization
31341 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31342 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31343 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31344 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31345 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31346 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31347 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31348 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31349 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31350 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31351 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31352 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31353 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31354 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31355 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31356
31357 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31358 T toggle TAB visualization
31359 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31360 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31361
31362 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31363 ? display brief help
31364
31365 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31366 The valid symbols are:
31367
31368 face toggle face visualization
31369 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31370 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31371 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31372 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31373 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31374 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31375 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31376 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31377 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31378 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31379 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31380 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31381 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31382 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31383 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31384 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31385
31386 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31387 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31388 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31389
31390 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31391
31392 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31393
31394 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31395
31396 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31397 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31398
31399 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31400 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31401 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31402 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31403 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31404
31405 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31406
31407 The problems cleaned up are:
31408
31409 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31410 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31411 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31412 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31413
31414 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31415 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31416 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31417 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31418 SPACEs.
31419 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31420 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31421 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31422 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31423
31424 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31425 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31426 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31427 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31428 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31429 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31430 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31431 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31432
31433 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31434 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31435 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31436
31437 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31438 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31439 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31440 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31441 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31442 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31443 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31444 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31445
31446 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31447 documentation.
31448
31449 \(fn)" t nil)
31450
31451 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31452 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31453
31454 The problems cleaned up are:
31455
31456 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31458 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31459 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31460 SPACEs.
31461 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31462 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31463 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31464 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31465
31466 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31467 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31468 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31469 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31470 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31471 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31472 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31473 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31474
31475 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31476 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31477 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31478
31479 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31480 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31481 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31482 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31483 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31484 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31485 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31486 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31487
31488 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31489 documentation.
31490
31491 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31492
31493 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31494 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31495
31496 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31497 non-nil.
31498
31499 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31500 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31501 `whitespace-style' to have:
31502
31503 empty
31504 trailing
31505 indentation
31506 space-before-tab
31507 space-after-tab
31508
31509 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31510 whitespace problems in buffer.
31511
31512 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31513
31514 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31515 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31516 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31517 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31518 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31519 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31520 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31521
31522 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31523 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31524 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31525 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31526 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31527 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31528 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31529
31530 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31531 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31532 cleaning up these problems.
31533
31534 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31535
31536 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31537 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31538
31539 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31540 non-nil.
31541
31542 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31543 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31544 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31545
31546 empty
31547 indentation
31548 space-before-tab
31549 trailing
31550 space-after-tab
31551
31552 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31553 whitespace problems in buffer.
31554
31555 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31556
31557 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31558 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31559 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31560 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31561 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31562 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31563 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31564
31565 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31566 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31567 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31568 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31569 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31570 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31571 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31572
31573 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31574 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31575 cleaning up these problems.
31576
31577 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31578
31579 ;;;***
31580 \f
31581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31582 ;;;;;; 0))
31583 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31584
31585 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31586 Browse the widget under point.
31587
31588 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31589
31590 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31591 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31592
31593 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31594
31595 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31596 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31597
31598 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31599
31600 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31601 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31605
31606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31607
31608 ;;;***
31609 \f
31610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
31611 ;;;;;; 0))
31612 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31613
31614 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31615 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31616
31617 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31618
31619 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31620 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31621 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31622
31623 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31624
31625 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31626 Create widget of TYPE.
31627 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31628
31629 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31630
31631 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31632 Delete WIDGET.
31633
31634 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31635
31636 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31637 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31638
31639 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31640
31641 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31642 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31643 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31644 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31645
31646 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31647 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31648
31649 \(fn)" nil nil)
31650
31651 ;;;***
31652 \f
31653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31654 ;;;;;; 0))
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31656
31657 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31658 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31659 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31660 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31661 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31662 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31663 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31664
31665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31666
31667 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31668 Select the window above the current one.
31669 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31670 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31671 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31672 negative ARG) of the current window.
31673 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31674
31675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31676
31677 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31678 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31679 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31680 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31681 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31682 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31683 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31684
31685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31686
31687 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31688 Select the window below the current one.
31689 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31690 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31691 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31692 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31693 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31694
31695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31696
31697 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31698 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31699 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31700 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31701
31702 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31703
31704 ;;;***
31705 \f
31706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31707 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31708
31709 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31710 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31711 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31713 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31714 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31715
31716 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31717
31718 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31719 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31721 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31722 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31723 \\{winner-mode-map}
31724
31725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31726
31727 ;;;***
31728 \f
31729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
31730 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31731 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31732
31733 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31734 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31735 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31736 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31737 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31738
31739 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31740
31741 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31742 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31743 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31744 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31745 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31746 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31747 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31748 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31749
31750 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31751 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31752
31753 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31754
31755 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31756 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31757
31758 \(fn)" t nil)
31759
31760 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31761 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31762 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31763 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31764 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31765 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31766 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31767 `woman' command for further details.
31768
31769 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31770
31771 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31772 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31773
31774 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31775
31776 ;;;***
31777 \f
31778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21187 63826
31779 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
31780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31781 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31782
31783 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31784 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31785
31786 BUGS:
31787 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31788 are not implemented
31789 - Options for search and replace
31790 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31791 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31792
31793 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31794 Emacs-like.
31795
31796 \(fn)" t nil)
31797
31798 ;;;***
31799 \f
31800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31801 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31802
31803 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31804 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31805 Return the top node with all its children.
31806 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31807
31808 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31809 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31810 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31811
31812 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31813
31814 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31815 namespace to URIs instead.
31816
31817 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31818 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31819
31820 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31821
31822 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31823
31824 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31825
31826 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31827 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31828 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31829 not contain well-formed XML.
31830
31831 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31832 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31833 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31834 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31835 element of the list.
31836 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31837 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31838 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31839
31840 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31841
31842 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31843 namespace to URIs instead.
31844
31845 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31846 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31847
31848 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31849
31850 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31851
31852 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31853
31854 ;;;***
31855 \f
31856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21293 25385 120083
31857 ;;;;;; 0))
31858 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31859
31860 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31861 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31862 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31863 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31864 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31865 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31866 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31867 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31868 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31869 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31870
31871 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31872
31873 ;;;***
31874 \f
31875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31876 ;;;;;; 0))
31877 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31878
31879 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31880 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31881 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31884 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31885
31886 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31887
31888 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31889 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31892 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31893
31894 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31895 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31896 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31897 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31898 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31899 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31900
31901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31902
31903 ;;;***
31904 \f
31905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31907
31908 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31909 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31910
31911 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31912
31913 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31914 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31915
31916 \(fn)" nil nil)
31917
31918 ;;;***
31919 \f
31920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31922
31923 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31924 Zone out, completely.
31925
31926 \(fn)" t nil)
31927
31928 ;;;***
31929 \f
31930 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el" "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el" "obsolete/levents.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el" "obsolete/lucid.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el" "obsolete/mouse-sel.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21306 37457 872788
32153 ;;;;;; 579000))
32154
32155 ;;;***
32156 \f
32157 (provide 'loaddefs)
32158 ;; Local Variables:
32159 ;; version-control: never
32160 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32161 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32162 ;; coding: utf-8
32163 ;; End:
32164 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here